« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
grace requires nothing of me
smol ma'ar
Permalink Mark Unread

The boy is herding cattle to the watering-hole. What's left of it. The wind blows dust into his eyes. He leans into it, one foot in front of the other. 

His name is Kiyamvir Ma'ar and he is thirteen winters old and has been without a father for years, and since the past winter without a mother as well he remembers her screams of agony and the blood that came from the door of the tent he wasn't allowed to enter no, not now, he can think about this any other time but not now. 

There's a drought and the plains are desiccated grass, yellow-grey, dust blowing into his eyes. He remembers the drought-year before, when the babe that would have been his sister died before she had a name, because too many of the herd had died that year.

He told himself in the winter that if it were yet another drought-year he would leave, but he doesn't know where he would go, and so he's still here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- and then a woman drops out of nowhere in a blaze of light and magic, crushed flat and bleeding very badly- 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

- and then suddenly not crushed and not bleeding, though her clothes are still soaked in blood, and rolling to her feet to squint at him. "Oh, hello," she says. "I was imagining a bigger one, really. I'm no good with children - do you have parents? If you don't like them that doesn't count -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Who is she. She doesn't look like she's from here at all; he knows everyone in his clan, of course, but she doesn't look like she's from a neighbouring clan either. Which makes it very confusing that she speaks the clan tongue, really. 

"No," he says. "Who are you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am Nefreti Clepati." She is magicking the blood off her clothes, and has also made a moving illusion of her reflection with which to adjust her hair. "I don't think you're going to help me at all yet, hmmm. You should be in school. I was a wizard by the time I was your age."

Permalink Mark Unread

How does she know he's a mage. Maybe she can just tell by looking at him. She's so good at magic, he doesn't know how she's doing that at all. And maybe she should be scary but even if he were scared it'd be no good to go around showing it, and somehow he isn't, anyway. 

"Oh. Aren't any schools here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Can't take you home, you'll die - can't take you there, I'm not allowed to be around twice - which is very unfair, you know, other people are allowed to be around twice and they don't explode into themselves destroying everything miles around - oh, I know what I can do." And she raises a Gate on the air and tugs somebody through it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - Nefreti? You scared me - where is this -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"This boy needs a teacher! And possibly a mother! It's very important. I have to go, you know, places to be, things to do -"

 

And she disappears.

Permalink Mark Unread

" - couldn't you have -" She sighs at the empty air. Raises her hands and casts a spell of her own, speaking in an unfamiliar language. 

 

"Nefreti kidnapped me. There is a kid here she says needs a teacher and a mother? Maybe it's a you. Please come right away I have no idea where we are."

 


She doesn't get a response, which makes the whole situation about eighty percent more distressing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Back to the kid. "Who are you, where are we."

Permalink Mark Unread

This is so weird. Whoever this is looks a bit more like she could be from around here, but still not really, and what language is she speaking, and - she was doing magic but it didn't look like any magic he could imagine working. 

He scuffs his bare feet in the dead grass. Glances back at the cattle to make sure they haven't run off; they haven't. "Ma'ar. Clan lands." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- do you happen to have a word for the planet."

Permalink Mark Unread

Blank stare.

This woman is starting to be a little bit scary and it looks like she's better at magic than him; he doesn't inch away, that would be showing weakness, but he does plant his feet more carefully in the dust. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She tries a Sending again. There's some failure chance between planes that's not indicative of anything wrong, just, occasionally Sendings fail across planes, everyone knows that. But she's not really expecting it to work, because -

- because he'd have noticed when she went missing and he'd be here already, if they weren't very far away. 

She tries it anyway. Same message.

No answer.

 

She lets her hands fall to her side. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Clan ...lands. Is there someone whose permission I need to be here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Does she not know where she is? ...Maybe not, it seems like the other woman who had incredibly powerful magic might've grabbed her here through some sort of portal-spell, that he thought should be possible although he couldn't figure out how to do it yet on his own.

Shrug. "Only if you want the watering-hole or our pasture. Stupid to go wandering if you don't got weapons though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah huh." She doesn't visibly have them. "Are you, um," she doesn't know how to ask this, actually. She doesn't think Leareth mentioned his very first name. There are reasons not to have anyone know it, spells that can use it against you - though Urtho must know it - 

"Can you tell me what you know about magic?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He is so suspicious. "Why d'you want to know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are - different worlds. I am not from this world, unless Nefreti did something clever with the Gate and the Sending failing is unrelated, but probably I am not from this world. In different worlds, magic works in different ways. If you tell me how it works here, I will have a guess what world you are in, and maybe if we're very lucky it'll be one I have heard of and there'll be someone we can go to for help."

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds very implausible, but if it's real then it's the most interesting thing ever to happen to him. Actually, even if she's lying about that part, it's still the most interesting thing ever to happen to him - there was a portal, he didn't imagine that, there was a woman who healed herself from being squished flat, this woman is using magic to talk to someone - try to talk to someone? - somewhere else, except it's not working... 

"I can see magic," he says. "When you did that..." He tries to describe what the thing that she seems to be calling a Sending looked and felt like to his magic sense. "I can make lights. Or start a fire without a flint-and-steel. Or make a wall like this. Or I can pick things up." He shows her, floating a pebble into the air with shaky mental hands and then bouncing it off a clumsy but strong barrier. 

He carefully isn't telling her most of the best uses of magic as a weapon. Just in case she wants to hurt him. She isn't looking at him or moving like someone who wants to hurt him, but you can never know for sure. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you the only person who can do that or can lots of people do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are other people. Other kinds too. Don't know any though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have you been able to do magic since you were born or did it start just a couple of years ago?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Couple years ago. What do you want." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"To figure out what magic system you have. Do you want to do a little magic so I can see it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't really, but also she's an adult, and better at magic than him, and she doesn't seem hostile yet but she might decide to hurt him if he makes her mad and he'd better not. 

He shows her a mage-light and a tiny bit of fire, and the other kind of barrier he figured out that blocks other magic instead of thrown pebbles, and he shows her how he can nudge the cattle from here instead of having to run over and chase them. It's a lot of magic at once and he's panting a bit by the time he's done; over by the watering-hole there are plants growing in the shallows and some floaty trickles of magic he can sop up when he gets tired, but here there's almost nothing.

(Except when people die, then there's so much, he noticed that last summer when the boy from the other clan tried to kill him with a spear and Ma'ar got him with a lightning-bolt first.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah hah," she says with some satisfaction that might be related to having read his mind about that. "Okay. I think I know what world we are on. It is...not a great world to be on. I'm sorry. If you're - someone I know - then there's an Urtho somewhere and we can find him, maybe, but if the gods guess who we are they might kill us...damn it, Nefreti -"

Permalink Mark Unread

No kidding it's not a great world. He's not blind. 

He doesn't know what she's on about with the rest, so he just looks at her with the same carefully neutral look as before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tomorrow she can try a Sending to Urtho but she can't try that today and she'll sound like a crazy person. Maybe he'll recognize the unfamiliar magic and want to check it out even if she's a crazy person. "Okay," she says tiredly. "Um. Do you need a hug?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her an even more nonplussed look and takes a half-step back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fair enough. She looks around, though there's not much to look at. 

"In the world I'm from," she says, "that woman, Nefreti, is a person I know reasonably well. She is very powerful and very eccentric. She does whatever she wants, but she doesn't do things for no reason. If she brought me here to you, it is because you are important, and possibly because you are...the child of someone I know well, who might also be from this world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"M'not the child of anyone important. And you wouldn't've known them. My parents. They'd have said if they knew you. And they're dead anyway." Scuff scuff scuff at the dead grass. "I'd remember if I'd met you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't want to explain the real thing she thinks is going on because she is really unclear on how much information the local gods have and can learn. Approximately the only thing she knows about them is that two thousand years from now they will go to fairly extraordinary lengths to murder Leareth, if they guess who he is. Maybe they don't even have that hobby yet! Maybe they can't learn anything from human conversations on this plane anyway, she's pretty sure her gods largely can't. 

"You haven't met me," she agrees, tiredly. "It is possible Nefreti had some entirely different reason for bringing me here than the one I thought of immediately. But - I want to help you if I can, because I believe she had some reason. So if there is anything you want me to do, you can tell me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is fairly sure that that isn't how people having reasons for things works, but he looks her in the eye anyway. It might be a terrible idea, but staying here another drought year is also a terrible idea, magic won't stop him from starving, and at least he has some observations accumulated that she's not the sort who hurts people for no reason at all. So he just won't give her a reason. 

"Can I go with you?" he says. "And - can you teach me magic?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Of course. I don't - know where I'm going, yet - do you know of where the nearest city is -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That way. Kanrata." Ma'ar points west. He's never been. Sometimes the adult men took cattle there to sell, in good years, but it's been a long time since the last good year. "It's far though. Forty miles."

He says it as though this is an almost-unimaginable distance, though in fact he's been planning since the winter how he could make it there on his own. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll leave in the morning. Is there food we can take with us. I can pay for it with - coins from faraway, or with magic water that lasts only a day but it's good if you drink it sooner than that or water crops or animals with it, or with healing."

Permalink Mark Unread

He stares at her. "You can do that? ...You can do healing too...?" 

He's thinking that why couldn't she have come in winter, if she was going to come at all, why couldn't she have been here when Mother was alive - but of course nothing works like that and it's not like she was planning this to fix things, it's not like anyone he knows is ever planning that, and so he's not even really upset so much as quietly resigned. 

"If you can make water for the herd then I don't got to take them to the watering-hole," he adds, trying to sound more nonchalant than he feels; the watering-hole is nice enough to sit by, but it's a long walk, especially the walk back, and he hasn't eaten today. "Maybe you can buy food. Can you heal old wounds too or do they have to be fresh." Two of the elders have bad legs, from old injuries in raids, they'd barter food if someone could fix that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They can be old wounds." And she knows people who can raise the dead but she can't say that until she knows more about the gods and what they kill people for - possibly even forming the intention is dangerous - "Where do you want water for the herd? That and healing are magic from the gods, you won't be able to learn it until you're really powerful, but you'll get there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can take them back to camp." He gets to work turning the herd around. They're confused, and resistant; they know where the water is. "- Uh, maybe can you give them water here, they're thirsty, they don't want to go back. I could dig you a hole if you need that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can dig us a hole with magic, it'll just take a little while." She makes an unseen servant and sets it to it. "You aren't getting enough to eat to be digging  - maybe I can melt down one of my hairpins and make you a magic ring so you're not hungry -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Both halves of that are baffling. Ma'ar sits down, though, and squints at her. "You can do that with magic? How does it work?" It doesn't feel like it should work but he has no good explanation for why, just a vague sense of 'where does it come from.' " I have to eat food to have magic, if I don't have food for days I can't anymore, is it like that except turned backward?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Unseen Servant creates a shapeless force that acts as I direct it to. It will repeat its last instructions, so I can tell it to dig and then stop paying attention. There is a magic artifact that I can make that will make you not need food and still always feel full. It's - bad for kids in lots of ways when they don't eat so I want to fix that as soon as possible. For most possible reasons why you might be important it's better that you be well fed. I have such a ring myself -" she shows it - "but you mustn't take mine, or tell anyone I have it; it won't work for you and if I have to fight anyone for it people will almost definitely get hurt."

Permalink Mark Unread

He shrinks back a little, involuntarily, and then catches himself and goes very still. His internal monologue is a loop of don't show weakness stay calm. "I won't tell anyone." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have several reasons not to hurt you," she says, mostly tonelessly. "I think you are important and I don't know for what yet, and you might be very important such that I will be very motivated to protect you. If you tried to take my ring or hit me or something I would not be the first one to use magic about it. I am worried about, once we get into the city, people seeing I have powerful magic things and wanting them; I will try to disguise them, but you'll know the truth, so you can help me by not telling people."

Permalink Mark Unread

He watches her, confused but also relieved, though he's still very tense. "I'm not a threat to you," he says, matching her flat tone. "You're an adult and you have stronger magic and know how to use it. I don't want to not be hungry badly enough to try taking your ring, that would be stupid, and it would be even stupider to tell someone else about it."

He chews his lip for a moment, hesitating. "I - don't know what you mean about why I might be very important." Ma'ar strongly dislikes not knowing things. It's not safe. Knowing things isn't sufficient to be safe, of course, but at least it's better to know one way or another if you are, and be prepared -

- and sometimes there are cleverer things you can do, to be better than safe, he mostly doesn't know what yet because there aren't many options around here, but he's fairly sure they exist and he's burningly curious about the woman and her powerful magic and what she thinks is special about him of all people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I know a man who was once a boy very much like you, and now he is a king. I think maybe Nefreti introduced me to you because you are so like him." But she might have had some completely different reason because Nefreti is incredibly frustrating. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar blinks at her. He's less doubtful of it than he might be; at least, he's no more dubious than he already was about her entire story. He knows there's a king, somewhere very far away in a bigger city, and obviously he would try to be a king if he could, and - it's a very long way from here to there, he doesn't know the how, but he has magic and he knows that he's cleverer than most people and, more than anything, he is absolutely not going to die here in the dusty plains along with Mother and Father and his baby sister-who-wasn't, who was never even a person with a name. And if he were a king, somehow, or even just a very powerful mage, he could come back. And - fix it, somehow, he doesn't know the how for that either, but he would make it so the livestock never got sick and the watering-hole was always full and clean. No one's done it yet, so it must be very hard, but part of the problem is that the people who are strong enough to do it are far away and they don't care. And he cares.

He chews on that for a minute in silence. Imagining whether he could, really, become a king. 

"How would Nefreti know what I'm like?" he asks Carissa eventually, because maybe it's silly to daydream about a pretend future inspired by the words of someone who's just guessing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She is a priest of Nethys, the god of magic, who knows everything and sees everything, so she knows and sees an awful lot."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's never heard of a god called Nethys but it sounds incredible. "How do you become a priest of Nethys so you can know and see all those things?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He chooses people, if their hearts match His own, and you might have to be from the world I'm from, not from this world, though if any god could choose priests of His here too it'd be Nethys. But it took her a hundred years, I think, to see as many things as she sees now, and she doesn't see some other things that normal people see, like that it is rude to kidnap me, so it has disadvantages. The man who is a king -" and she suspects she's right about this, now, based on the little boy's thoughts, though maybe she's reading too much into them, "picked a different god to be a priest of, the god of wealth and trade and cooperation."

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes a face. "That doesn't seem like the sort of thing that there's a god of. Or he's not very good at being a god. At least here. Maybe you just meant in your world, are people very rich there?"

He has only the faintest idea of what it means to be rich, aside from 'having lots of cattle and grain and good tents.' Rich people have shoes too, he thinks. He's never met anyone who owned shoes, it seems kind of pointless because it's not like feet don't work just fine, but apparently people in the city wear them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's in my world, yeah. The gods can only do some of the things they'd like to do, and I'm not sure Abadar - the god of wealth - can even sense places that don't have any wealth, but - yes, my world is much wealthier than at least this part of yours. When people are rich they build...houses, and they buy fancy clothes and magic items that make their lives nice, and they hire guards and servants, and they buy slaves in some parts of the world where that's allowed, and they build schools for all the children so all the smart ones can be wizards."

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries to make a picture of that in his head. It's a nice picture, overall. He's vaguely aware of slaves as a concept, some people from another clan to the east got taken once by bandits and someone said it might be to sell them as slaves in the south. "Does the place where the man you know is king have slaves." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. Well, foreigners don't have to give theirs up when they visit but we don't have them bought or sold, and all the people who were slaves before the war got freed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There was a war? Why?" Ma'ar also has only a hazy notion of 'war' construed on a broader scale than cattle raids; he knows that entire countries with kings go to war with each other sometimes, there are stories about it, but his mental image is still a confused blend of herders with knives and sticks and his best guess of what swords look like, he hasn't ever seen a real one. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, kings command armies, tens of thousands of people, Cheliax can field a hundred thousand if we really have to, and they fight when they want each other's territory, mostly - countries claim territory, do cattle herders do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, this is our range, clan Kiyam - my other name is Kiyamvir, because my clan is Kiyam and my father was Vir. To go to Kanrata we need to pass through clan Yakan's range and they'll try to kill us if they see us. That's why I haven't gone yet." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My horses will be faster," she says, unconcerned. "Well, just like how I imagine clans fight over territory, countries fight over it. The man who is King now had an army and he did not like how the ruler of Cheliax was running her country, so he conquered it, with some allies, and now it is his. He did it by having his army use magic to send the other army off where it couldn't fight, and by using magic to command the minds of his enemies so they'd surrender to him." She is watching him intently.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's trying to gauge his reaction to some part of that, Ma'ar thinks, and he doesn't know what she wants. "That's...clever?" he says, a bit uncertainly. "I mean, if it worked, it must've been clever. And then he didn't have to have his army kill the whole other army first. What did he do with them after, did he just put them so far away it'd take them years to get back and they might not bother...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He put them in another world. He let the ones who'd be loyal to him return afterwards."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar considers asking how he knew which ones would be loyal, but probably you can just find that out with magic, somehow, when you're very powerful. He can't use magic to command people's minds, it would be way more feasible to get past the other clan's range to the city if he could, but he's not surprised it's possible.

"And then he freed the slaves - was that one of the the things the last ruler did that he didn't like, having a lot of slaves?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think he would've fought a war just over that but it wasn't how he preferred it. He freed the slaves and he told people to follow different gods, mostly, because we used to follow Asmodeus, the ruler of Hell, and we'd go to Hell when we died and Hell is a lake of fire where you burn until the unworthy bits of you are burned out."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"So he told us we couldn't worship Asmodeus anymore and we switched to other gods who are nicer to their dead people."

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a thousand questions he suddenly wants to ask and it's hard to make them line up in order. "Can the nicer gods fight Asmodeus and take his dead people back." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're not strong enough. Maybe someday."

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes a deep breath. Rubs a hand over his face, shakily. "And I guess maybe they think, it's his dead people, he can do stupid horrible things like put them in a lake of fire– I don't think that would even work, people aren't - like that - you can't, you can't make them stronger by - burning things - it would burn the good parts and, and there'd just be stupid pointless ashes..." Ma'ar is very visibly upset about this, though he's trying to hide it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's - complicated - but definitely some of the other afterlives use lots more of the people they take, and that's better. I think some of the nicer gods would fight Asmodeus if they had a way to win, but he's very powerful, one of the oldest gods, and helps with protecting the world against even worse things, so it's very complicated.

 

Do you want a hug? I know you're a kid, I'm not going to notice only if you let me hug you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Whether he wants a hug is such a weird question, how can he tell if he wants a hug.

Someone this woman knows is a king, because he thought another country was bad, and wanted to fix it. And she thinks that Ma'ar might be like him... 

He takes another deep breath. "I - want you to teach me magic. And - show me where your world is. So that when I grow up and I'm strong enough, I can - help the other gods find a way to do that and take his dead people, because–" 'it's not fair' is stupid, that isn't what anything is made of, "because I don't want him to have dead people if he uses them for that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yeah. Yeah, I think that's why Nefreti wanted me to look after you. So you can do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar looks levelly at her. 

He's thinking that he doesn't really believe her or trust her and he's very confused, but - it almost doesn't matter, right, because she's powerful and rich and she knows a king from another world, who if she's telling the truth is very clever, and so what's he going to do, not go with her, not leap at his best chance to get off the plains and learn magic and become strong enough that if something is horrible he can change it. And in a way it makes things very simple and easy to keep track of, that she's so much better at magic than him, because obviously trying to knock her out and take her things, or steal them off her when she's asleep, isn't going to work.

And he may not especially believe any of the words she's saying about why, but she does want him, for some reason - maybe she collects children she can teach magic so they can serve her, and she can tell that he's clever? - and it seems like the use she wants him for involves answering his questions and making him stronger, so that's fine. If later she's less nice and hurts him, then he can decide at that point how much is worth taking before he decides to run away, but hopefully by then he would be in a big city, and have more ideas about where to run to. Right now he has no other ideas. Just this one. 

"All right," he says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes water for his cows. Her Detect Thoughts expires and she doesn't recast it; she knows how he thinks, because she thought like that, for a very long time.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do people in this world go somewhere when they die?" he asks her eventually, scratching a circle into a patch of bare dirt with his finger. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your gods put their souls into new bodies but they don't keep any memories."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's stupid, why not? Do they - not know how? But they're gods." He seems mildly offended. "That definitely wouldn't help them get the good bits that're useful to them." 

He's very impressed by her making water from nowhere, though he keeps his expression convincingly nonchalant; he watches with his magic-sense while trying not to be obvious about it, is she making a portal from somewhere else and stealing someone else's watering-hole...it doesn't seem like it but he can't really tell.

The cows are unimpressed. They placidly crowd around the hole full of water and lap it up, not caring that it's quickly turning very muddy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think among other things they don't know how. It took our most powerful god to set up afterlives in our world, and there were things about our world that made it easier, like that none of our gods particularly benefitted from not having afterlives. Some of yours are using this system, so it'll be harder to get them to change it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks thoughtful, staring into the distance, wriggling to scratch a spot on his back. It's not immediately obvious to him what to do about this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It took him thousands of years to figure out what to do about this. She wants to ask him to show her more magic but she needs to feed him first. "Can we go to your village now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"This way."

He scrambles up and starts prodding the cows away from the remaining mud at the bottom of their tiny watering-hole, to head back. It doesn't take a lot of magic, just very tiny lightning-bolts, enough to zap and startle them about the same amount as whacking them with a stick would, it's less effort than all the running around would be. He doesn't even bother bringing a stick anymore. 

The cows prefer being stationary over moving, but they know where 'home' is, and that it has better grass, and they start moving. Ma'ar trots after them, glancing back at Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She follows. She worries. Probably they should go to Urtho. They can get an estimate in the city of how far it is and decide whether to try to make it on Phantom Steeds or to get his attention with a Sending. The gods haven't interfered with him so far and as long as they firmly just intend to get Ma'ar magic lessons maybe it'll stay that way. She has her wedding present shield bracelet, to convince Urtho that she knew the other him. It's not proof but it's suggestive. But of course this has to be, what, thirty years before the war, she doesn't know much what he's like - or whether his forming the intention to study other worlds would be very noisy in Foresight -

- Leareth's going to be in a panic, and the fact he hasn't found her yet despite that suggests that something strange is going on...

- presumably Nefreti cannot pull people back in time, that'd be a ridiculous thing for Nefreti to be able to do...

Permalink Mark Unread

It's about an hour walk back to the camp, at the pace the cows are willing to maintain. The sun passes the zenith; it's hot, and windy, and sometimes the dust blows into their eyes. Ma'ar's clothing consists of a sort of skirt made of skins, and a threadbare cloth scarf or wrap which he had tied into a sort of shirt, but pulls up over his head when the sun is at its hottest.

Permalink Mark Unread

The 'camp' is a cluster of canvas tents, pitched near an area where the grass is a little lusher than elsewhere. There are a few dozen people around, mostly old men, women and children; the able-bodied adult men seem to be elsewhere right now. There's a firepit, not currently lit, and some dried dung stacked next to it for future fuel. The women are sitting together, sharing the job of mending a collapsed sheet of canvas that's presumably another tent. A toddler runs up, begs for a breast, is denied it and cries. 

One of the woman, grey-haired with weathered skin, gets up and heads over to them. Her hand rests on the hilt of a sheathed knife knotted to her tunic belt, but her expression isn't really hostile, just wary. "Who're you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't prepare Endure Elements because Cheliax is temperate this time of year, and she's not really dressed for any serious travel. She is not going to complain about this to tiny starving orphan Leareth, obviously. She walks, and makes herself a little water to drink occasionally.

 

"My name is Carissa. I am a mage and a healer; I am passing through this area. I will leave in the morning, but I will pay you in magic for food and shelter tonight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm going with her," Ma'ar says, chin raised. "So I can learn magic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

That earns him a look, both weary and exasperated, confused, and perhaps a little affectionate and proud. "I see. What sort of magic you got." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can make water. I can mend broken things. I can make sewing or spinning or grinding do itself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really." The woman sounds neither impressed nor disbelieving; she sounds like someone who's heard a lot of claims and no longer particularly tries to evaluate them until she sees it for herself. She turns, gestures at the collapsed tent-fabric on the ground. "Can you mend that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits down and starts doing that. It's not one of the instantaneous spells, it'll be a few minutes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The older woman just nods, as though grudgingly admitting that she's satisfied; some of the younger women, and the children, gather around, oohing and aahing.

They line up more work for her. Every empty waterskin and earthenware pot in the camp is rustled up to fill with water. People bring her a broken clay bowl, a snapped tent-pole, a steel knife - presumably traded from elsewhere, it definitely wasn't made here - with the blade broken off from the wooden handle. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, she can do all of those with cantrips. (She could see if anyone can understand cantrips in one night of study, with her headband to help, and then they could do it themselves from there without the headband - but that doesn't get them water, and she could tear a page out of her spellbook but she doesn't actually have a spare spellbook for them, and probably if she's going to do something as disruptive and with as much of a Foresight footprint as teaching arcane magic in this world she should do it for a better reason than feeling sorry for the first people she met -

- on the other hand, baby Leareth is smart, maybe some of them are really smart too, it runs in the blood -

She checks, with Detect Thoughts, in between Mendings.

Permalink Mark Unread

The old woman is pretty smart, maybe not quite as smart as Ma'ar will be when he's fully grown, but definitely enough that in Cheliax she would've been able to master a lot further than just cantrips. The others are spread in between that and average; the children younger than seven are less smart, many of them look like their development in early childhood might've been hit by a famine, Ma'ar must've been lucky that his toddlerhood years were good ones. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar watches all of her magic intently, eyes boring into her as though by staring hard enough maybe it'll all start to make sense. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably even tiny kid Leareth can keep a secret. 

 

Probably she's going to do lots of things approximately as Foresight-footprinted as teaching one random herder cantrips and if it's enough to make the gods hate her she'll be dead sooner or later anyway. 

But she should get Ma'ar to Urtho first.

She doesn't offer to teach them cantrips.

"May I trade you for food for our journey?"

Permalink Mark Unread

It's late afternoon at this point, the sun slanting golden across the camp. The younger women are in a very jovial mood; they have so much water, no one will need to carry any back from the watering-hole and risk running into a raiding-party from the adjacent clans that use it too for days, and they've just caught up on months worth of mending work.

They bring her tough dried meat, and somewhat gunky cheese wrapped in leather, and they get out an earthenware jug of what turns out to be some sort of alcoholic fermented-milk drink. It's clearly something reserved for celebrations and they pour her a cup as though this is a great honour; they're so excited about it, and even offer Ma'ar a little bit (he makes a face at the taste and quickly hides it.) 

Some of the women, especially the older one, shade their eyes and stare out at the horizon, a little concerned but not very. There's no sign of returning men. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is quiet and thoughtful, and shoos away the younger children when they try to play with him. He doesn't seem inclined to emotional goodbyes with any of his people, and they don't seek him out for this either. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can use Prestidigitation to make food taste however she likes and this doesn't solve it making her sick but she'll try to drink as little as she can politely get away with, and save all the food for the road.

 

"Can you read?" she asks Ma'ar, once there's a quiet moment.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks blankly at her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is possible to assign symbols to all of the sounds people make when they speak, and then make records of speech that way. I want to teach you how to do it but it'll have to wait until we're in a city."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks fascinated, stares at her for a moment, nods. 

The sun sets. They don't bother lighting the firepit; it's a warm summer night, and breezy, the smoke would blow all over.

The older woman, somewhat apologetically, offers Carissa a spot in a tent with her, Ma'ar, another woman, and her toddler. They sleep on a rolled-out skin, without blankets, all piled together. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She probably won't get much sleep. Luckily she doesn't need much sleep. Maybe this will afford her the opportunity to give Ma'ar a hug at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar does not seek out a hug with her; he takes the very edge of the skin, curls up against the tent wall, but he lets Carissa crawl in next to him and it's very crowded, and once he's asleep, which doesn't take long - he's done a lot of magic today and he's tired - he relaxes and uncurls a little. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She holds him. He's little and he's - going to grow up into Leareth, hopefully without most of his world getting destroyed in the process, hopefully with them getting found, soon so it's irrelevant. 

 

But if they don't get found - they can prevent the Cataclysm, maybe just by convincing Urtho that it could have happened, and - and maybe she can figure out immortality in some better way than Ma'ar's, before she's old. It wouldn't have to be the end of the world. It just feels like it would be.

 

She sleeps for significantly longer than she usually does these days and is still up long before anyone else. She prepares spells for their escape to the nearest town. She tries to pray. There's no one there. This is - also not very surprising, but she spends a while staring miserably into the pre-dawn sky about it anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

The toddler wakes up first, and shortly later wakes everyone else by crying. Ma'ar holds very still for a bit, then sits up. Looks at Carissa, as though to reassure himself that she's real. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The old woman rubs her eyes. "You're going, then." Her dark eyes flick to Ma'ar, shadowed in the dim light seeping through the tent-flap. "Boy, you - don't be stupid." It's the closest thing she gives to a goodbye, and she doesn't touch him, just tugs the tent-flap open for them and waits. 

Her eyes follow them, though, as they walk away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She taps Ma'ar and gives him Mage Armor and Protection from Arrows. "Do you know how to ride a horse?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He can tell that she's doing something with magic; his eyes get big, and he examines himself, clearly making uses of some sense other than his eyes.

"I can figure it out." He's heard of horses, at least. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." And she makes two ghostly horses, a little larger than normal ones, almost entirely mist at the hooves and almost entirely solid at the saddle, which looks to be of ordinary leather. "They can go very fast, fast enough it'd kill a person to fall off them, so we're going to go slower than that unless the neighboring clan bothers us, all right? But if they do, we're going to go fast, and you're going to hold on very tightly." Arguably she should give him some of her protective artifacts but it seems much less likely Leareth'll eventually be able to design a search spell that finds this world if she's dead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right," he says, very seriously, and he holds on. Stiffly at first, but he watches her, and it takes only a few minutes before his riding posture is more natural. 

The plains stretch out ahead of them, flat and dusty. There's maybe a dust plume off in the distance but it's hard to tell from here if it represents the other clan. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not spectacularly good at horseback riding either but she's done it before and knows the principle, and phantom horses don't spook like real ones. She watches him, and wishes that Nefreti Clepati were less like this, and wishes she'd asked Leareth more questions about when the gods started trying to kill him, and hopes Ma'ar is right about the direction to the city.

A Phantom Steed by a caster of her level is untiring and can travel almost a mile a minute, but they're not pushing the horses nearly that hard. Still, it shouldn't take all day to reach the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

The other clan doesn't bother them, and after an hour or so the land starts to change, flat dry grass shifting to scrubby heather and small trees. Eventually they bump up against a river, which has a dirt track running beside it; they catch up to a farmer walking alongside his donkey, which has some baskets slung on either side of a sort of carrier on its back with various vegetables in them, scrawny green beans and peas and blotchy tomatoes and bunched carrots still with dirt on them.   

Ma'ar is staring around at everything, awed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's take a lunch break."

Permalink Mark Unread

The concepts of 'lunch' and 'break' both seem to be surprising ones to him, but he nods and figures out how to slide down from the phantom steed's saddle without needing Carissa's help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And she hands him all of the food she bartered his people for. "You probably want to stay standing or you'll be very sore and it'll make it unpleasant to get back on the horse."

Permalink Mark Unread

He also seems surprised at the quantity of food! He eats it, though, and stays standing for that, still looking in amazement at the river. He's never seen so much water in one place before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And now that they're getting close to the city she casts Disguise Self. Aims to look like the older woman in Ma'ar's village. They're still going to be riding in on a phantom steed but it's not doing her any favors to look rich on top of looking powerful. "We can keep going, if you're ready."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, and hauls himself back into the saddle, cheating a bit with magic, he seems to know how to shape it into a rope of force which he can loop over the pommel of the saddle and grab onto. 

They pass some more signs of habitation. A fishing-raft on the river; a cultivated field on the opposite side, half-visible between the screen of trees; a hut built on the other side of the path from the river, with a somewhat sad-looking vegetable garden, the leaves of the tomato plant blighted and spotty; another family, also with a donkey carrying some sacks. The river here is clearly riding lower in its banks than usual, leaving stretches of exposed mud and wilted plants, but the middle is still deep, and then they reach a point where it's narrower and faster, the banks rocky rather than sandy and mud. The path is very narrow here, winding next to an apple orchard and some blackberry bushes. 

- and then, with no warning, half a dozen men armed with daggers explode out of the bushes and swarm them. They go for Ma'ar first, he's a horse-body-length behind her now because the path is too skinny for them to ride side by side; he screams and kicks and flails as two of the men seize his leg and drag him bodily out of the saddle. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- well, fuck. If she catches Ma'ar in a fireball he'll die because he's a commoner - she should've given him her artifacts just so she'd feel freer to use lethal force -

- she tugs them up to full power and casts a Fireball centered a bit in front of her so he's hopefully out of the radius and then everything around her is intensely aflame which is satisfying but means she can't see, for a second, until she can get off the horse and to the edge of the fiery explosion -

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets three of the men and now they're very on fire and screaming although not for very long! One of the others was about to catch up with her horse and he tumbles back, yelling in shock. 

Ma'ar is out of the radius, although the heat of it still scorches his face and singes his eyebrows a bit, and he's still shrieking but mostly because two men much much bigger than him are trying to get him in a chokehold - one of them smashes him over the head with a wooden club and is baffled when this does absolutely nothing to stop him from kicking and biting and clawing for their eyes - 

- and he manages to twist his head around so he can sink his teeth as hard as he can into his captor's forearm, which gets another startled yelp and the man lets go of him and he lashes out as hard as he can with feet and elbows - 

This gets him dropped. Over the edge of the steep rocky bank. He lands hard and approximately on his head although the Mage Armor means that this mostly just knocks the breath out of him; he rolls, tumbles, and splashes into the fast-moving water. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa was going to try to take the other ones alive but this is more urgent so she casts Fly on herself and races through the air towards Ma'ar, fumbling for a Pearl of Power to recall Fly as she does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar has never seen water deeper than the watering-hole, which even in spring only comes to his waist, in his entire life. He has no idea how to swim and he's flailing wildly, trying to get his face to the surface, and also slamming into and bouncing off some rocks, which also don't really hurt him but are very distracting to his attempts to think of magic that'll help, and knock the breath out of him a moment after he manages to actually get some air. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She reaches him and tries to tug him up out of the water and casts Fly on him, too, while she does that, she's not totally sure how it'll work but it seems like it ought to make it easier to pull him straight into the air -

Permalink Mark Unread

He's at this point too panicked and disoriented to even realize that she's cast a spell on him, but it does seem to make it easier to haul him out of the water. He splutters, coughing up a lungful of water, and instinctively wriggles and kicks at her until he recognizes her, at which point he instead starts trying to grab onto and cling to her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hughughughug floating ten feet above the water - "I need you to stay here flying," she says after only a few seconds. "Just fly over some nice patch of grass, not too high, and you'll float to the ground when the spell ends, if I'm not back by then. I'm going to go stop the bandits from getting away. I need to know whether they went after us by coincidence or whether anyone" any god "told them to do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's still coughing and wheezing and trying to catch his breath, and it takes him a few moments to parse the words, but eventually he nods and forces himself to let go of her. One limb at a time, and it's clearly taking an incredible effort of will, but he hangs onto her clothes with one hand and notices that he's still floating, and then lets go of her and zooms away. 

The remaining three men, perhaps seeing the path of wisdom here, have abandoned any attempt to steal the horses - which they've at this point noticed are half made of mist anyway - and are fleeing as fast as they can into the orchard. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Admonishing Ray is meant to do nonlethal damage but it assumes you're fighting the sort of people you run into in Golarion, not random commoners. She tries Sleep, first.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have very little in the way of spell resistance and they go down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Which one is the scrawniest and would be easiest to lift.

Permalink Mark Unread

The youngest-looking of the men is maybe nineteen, with a scruffy straggly half-beard, and is still taller than her but probably doesn't weigh much more. He has a dagger on a belt and is wearing a pack of some kind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She lands, takes his dagger, pats him down for any other weapons.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's got a knife in his boot but that's all. (His boots are also very worn, with a hole in the sole, and his leather tunic is ripped in the side and very poorly repaired.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh huh. Lawless and poor, and Leareth had wanted to fix it, and then the Cataclysm -

She floats in the air a few feet above him and then wakes him with a mage-hand slap in the face. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He startles awake with a muffled squawk, scrambles up on hands and knees, reaches for his dagger and then his boot and then looks around wildly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Here. Why did you attack us."

Permalink Mark Unread

He twists around and his eyes go saucer-wide. "I - I..." He seems to be trying to answer but is panicking too much to manage it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she'll also read his mind in case he's managing to think it. "I want to know if someone sent you or if you did it of your own initiative."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...What are you?" he says out loud.

He's thinking that he can't make sense of her question and why she cares so much whether someone sent him, which obviously no one did, who would send them, it's not like they work for the King's court or like the King's tax-patrols would stoop so low as to steal people's horses, they're not the most trustworthy people but they're not that level. They'd been waiting for someone to go by on the path with farm goods for market, something better than vegetables, because they're hungry and out of meat and got caught and kicked out of the local noble's (warlord's) forest where they'd been hunting game before.

And then a harmless-looking old woman and kid came by with real horses, and didn't have no weapons on them, which was weird and maybe he should've suspected it was a trap but they had horses, he'd been thinking how much silver they could get for a horse in the city, and he hadn't been at all surprised when Gatch hissed for them to attack, get the kid's horse first. Who is this woman, what's she doing here, he had no inkling she was a mage - he thought mages dressed fancy, that they didn't just look like old peasant women who for some reason owned a horse, and the horses weren't even real, up close it was obvious they were magicked somehow out of river-fog - he feels very stupid and scared and he's wet himself and absolutely expects he's about to die... 

Permalink Mark Unread

Soon to be the Queen of Cheliax, not that she's planning to tell anyone that. A cleric of Iomedae, but what does that even mean, here. A fourth-circle wizard wearing things that are extraordinarily valuable even back home and beyond value, here. "I'm not going to kill you," she says. "If you do it again I might. Go get out of here and I'll wake the other ones up and send them after you in a few minutes."

Permalink Mark Unread

He stays frozen for a moment (he's considering asking for his weapons back, but that's very stupid and he doesn't) - he gets up and flees into the orchard. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is not giving his weapons back. Honestly it is arguably quite stupid to not kill bandits who do not have many realistic alternatives to being bandits and will presumably keep at it and kill people who are not bandits but - it is also arguably quite stupid not to kill spies in your palace. 

 

She checks the other two surviving men for weapons.

Permalink Mark Unread

They've got daggers too. Cheap low-quality pot metal, already kind of dulled. One of them also has a little knife hidden in his sleeve. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And food? Spare clothes? Anything she and Ma'ar could use?

Permalink Mark Unread

Their packs contain some loaves of hard travel-bread, and a waterskin containing some sort of wine, and rolled-up coarse woollen blankets, and a coil of rope, and a couple of candles packed with a flint-and-steel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is going to steal their packs and then fly back to where she left Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's managed to fly himself to the other side of the river and is hovering in midair at head-height, above a field of barley, curled into a ball and with a clumsy shield of mage-energies around him, shaking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey. We should head back to the horses and then land, the spell's going to run out soon."

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes him a moment to respond, but he uncurls and makes eye contact, and then drops his shield and holds out his hand to grasp for hers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She guides him back over to the horses and then they can land and sit by the side of the road and she can hug him until he objects to this.

Permalink Mark Unread

He seems much more in favour of hugs now, possibly because his clothes are drenched and even in the warm summer he's shivering a little, the river-water was cold. He buries his face in her shirt, where if he sniffles a bit it's plausibly because he got water in his nose, and slowly his breathing slows to normal and he stops shaking.

"What did you do to them," he says, muffled because he hasn't unhidden his face at all yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Three of them died in the Fireball. The other three I let run off into those fields, though I took their weapons and two of their packs."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." He's confused why she didn't kill them too, but he supposes it's not like they're a threat to her even with their weapons, and maybe she just doesn't like killing people. Father didn't, though he never really said so out loud, you could just tell by his face. This is probably why Father died, really. "If you got their weapons can I have one." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." She hands him a pack and the sad little daggers. "I'll make you a better one, once we're in a city."

Permalink Mark Unread

He unknots his wet scarf-thing and shakes it out and reties it around the daggers and then over his shoulder. He opens the pack and looks in it, lights up when he sees the bread, he's not even hungry right now because they just stopped for lunch and he's not sure if he's ever had food that was his, that he could eat right now if he wanted to, but he's not hungry. He almost eats it anyway just because it might somehow disappear, but holds back. 

"Are we keeping going to the city now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When you're ready. Do you - have any Gifts other than mage-gift, do you know, can you hear peoples' thoughts or anything..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Is that different magic? I do sometimes - I did - but I haven't - it stopped working–"

It was never something that worked very well, it would be too loud and distracting or else vague and indistinct and as though he couldn't make it focus, but sometimes he could imagine pulling his wrap over his head and making it softer. And then when his mother died - was dying, it took a long time - it was working too much and he couldn't make it stop and it hurt and she was so scared and sad and he wasn't allowed to go in... And he remembers trying to curl up smaller and smaller until everything went away, and since then he hasn't heard any thoughts.

It doesn't matter, anyway, everyone here he's known all his life and none of their thoughts would ever be surprising, and after Mother died he told Chief he wouldn't go on raids anymore, which of course made everyone think he was a coward, but - he's going to leave, and come back stronger and fix things, but he can't do that if he gets himself stupidly killed. Father died on a raid. It's not like the thoughts-part was really good for that either, it's not like it's news to him that the boys from other clans want to kill him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can use it to look for minds waiting in ambush," she says. "You don't even have to pay particular attention to what they're thinking, but if you can sense that there are minds there, you can warn me, and prepare for a fight."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods seriously, shoulders his pack and starts hauling himself up onto his ghostly horse. "I'll try. Can you not do that kind of magic?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't have that kind, no. I can read minds but with a spell prepared in advance I can only cast a couple of times per day. You will be able to learn how to do it all the time, and pay as much attention as you want to and not more." And not read her, she has an amulet against it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, and as they ride he tries very hard to make that part of himself uncurl, pretends that he's still wearing his wrap over his head but the fabric is thin and he can see light through it. When they next pass a family trudging along the path, he feels them just before they come into sight around a corner, and is jubilant about it. 

A mile later they're approaching the city itself. This is first noticeable because the river smells, like maybe they dump sewage or garbage in it. Then the path twists away from the river and becomes a wider, dusty lane, then branches off to what looks like an open-air market. Further off there are buildings, one-storey, thatched roofs, weathered grey wood. The streets also smell and there are flies. It's not much of a city, really, it can't have more than a few thousand people in it, but just the market still has more people - and more food - than Ma'ar has ever seen in one place in his entire life, and he gawks at it. And grips the hilt of one of his new daggers, tense in the saddle. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's get off the horses here," she says to him once they can see the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

He gets down. Hangs very close to her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a pretty long walk from once you can see the city to where you're in it. When Disguise Self is close to wearing off she renews it. When they enter the market she casts Detect Thoughts.

Permalink Mark Unread

No one is paying them much mind, now that they're horseless; they look local, and poor. Most of the thoughts are very mundane ones. This woman is worrying about her husband's gimp leg, the younger woman selling tomatoes at the stall over is fretting about whether they can afford medicine if her daughter's fever gets worse. The girl with her, who looks like her sister, is pregnant, she feels very nauseated and resentful of the heat and dust and that the stall next to them has fish which are supposedly fresh but she sure can smell them. She's wondering if it'll be a boy - she hopes so and is imagining a little boy - and if so whether he'll take after her husband, who has dreaaaamy hazel eyes.

The old man standing behind them has a dagger and is watching everyone for weapons, usually bandits aren't bold enough to come right into the market and try to steal their coppers - at most they'll filch a tomato or two from the basket while their friend distracts the stallkeepers - but it's been a bad couple years here and there are more bandits than before, young men who lost their farms, or whose families kicked them out because they couldn't feed them.

This young man with his sweetheart is thinking about going to the big city. He doesn't consider this town, Kanrata, to be a a city; he's thinking of somewhere called Anrod, which he's heard has real roads with real cobbles, and carriages on them, and most importantly it has the College of Chirurgeons. He's apprenticed to the herbalist but he wants to learn real medicine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, she'll talk to him. "Excuse me, do you know how to get to Anrod from here."

Permalink Mark Unread

He startles, stares at her. Thinks that she doesn't look at all like someone who'd want to go to the big city. "Yes. Why?" His girlfriend is thinking that the kid is cute though he looks underfed, and then daydreaming about fat babies, when she's married to a chirurgeon and they have a big house in the real city. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We want to go there. We have horses. Is there a road? How far is it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't really believe she has horses, surely her kid wouldn't be that skinny if she were rich enough for that, but he'll go along with it, it's not like it costs him anything. "Sure. You keep going past town," he points, "follow the river until the Three Mills, in thirty miles or so, then there should be an official road that turns east and you follow that. I think from there it's another forty, fifty miles but I haven't seen a map, I just heard it's a two day ride." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. And is there an inn in this town?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not really, but if you need a place to sleep, Ma Okar rents out the loft above the tavern to visitors. Over there, you want the building with the awning on it. Where're you from, anyway?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kiyam clan lands. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Well, good luck with your travels." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." And she can go see about renting out the loft over the tavern, and buying dinner at the tavern while they're at it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma Okar is an older woman with frizzy hair pulled back in a bun and muscled brown forearms. Do they have money, she charges ten coppers for the loft and will throw in dinner with that, but if they don't have money she'll let them have it in exchange for cleaning the place for her in the morning, mopping the floor and such, she's made that bargain with travellers before and thinks it's a fair one. (The floor does not look like it's been mopped anytime recently.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't have money but they can mop before they go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar seems very impressed with Carissa's skill at finding them somewhere to sleep indoors - he's never slept anywhere more indoors than a tent and is wondering what it's like. He's also impressed with the inn food, though by Carissa's standards it's fairly terrible, pease-porridge with vegetables thrown in, no meat and no spices, only some local herbs for flavouring. It comes with thick slices of bread, and even a tiny smear of butter on them. Ma'ar wolfs his down and then slightly regrets it, it's more food than he usually eats in a sitting and now he has a stomachache.

They both get cider to go with it, which has been stored for a while and is fizzy and mildly alcoholic, not enough to noticeably affect Carissa but Ma'ar is small. It's sweet enough that he doesn't mind the taste and gulps it down, thirsty from the day of traveling in the heat. After which point he's burping for the next five minutes and also mildly tipsy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they can retreat to their loft. She didn't prepare the rare spell Masterwork Transformation today, because it takes an hour to cast and there are not a lot of occasions when you want to burn precious spellsilver not even making a weapon magical but just making it of good make. But she left a couple of spell slots open, and she prepares it now, and then takes a hairpin out and prickles it with magic until it stops working for its current purpose (Glibness, which would be nice to have but seems less urgent than having Nondetection or for emergencies Slaying.)

"Can you hand me whichever of those daggers is in the best shape, I'm going to make a magic weapon for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He stares at her, confused, but he compares his daggers and hands her the one with fewer dents. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. Please don't touch the hatpin while I'm working, it gets very hot."

 

And she builds the elaborate scaffold for this spell - it's obnoxiously elaborate, as it's emulating an actual forge, and suspends the dagger and the hairpin floating in the middle and puts up insulation and safety layers and failsafes and fire precautions around them and builds up the concept for what she wants - a nice dagger, steel with a good grip and a very sharp blade, the metal pure enough and well-forged enough that she can lay a spell on it afterwards. And then she plays out the heat, hotter hotter hotter spellsilver takes a lot of heat to melt and steel takes even more.

 

She doesn't look up until she's done an hour later. The hairpin is hanging there limply, half a hairpin; the dagger looks very deadly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is so impressed! He's been watching the entire time with his untrained mage-sight, and as soon as it's clear that she's done and can be interrupted, he peppers her with questions about what was this part and what was that part, he could see a lot of the structure she was building up even if he had little idea of how to interpret it. He asks eagerly if he can touch the dagger now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. But it's not a magic dagger yet, it's just a nice dagger now which means I can lay a spell on it without the spell breaking because the weapon's metal isn't sufficiently uniform."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh - why does the spell need the metal to be uniform?" He takes the dagger, tests the blade on one of his hairs and then on a trailing thread from his wrap, looks awed at how easily it slices through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"To make it a magic dagger, I will need to use more spellsilver. I will build another scaffold and I will imbue the dagger with the spellsilver without disrupting its existing shape and structure, bit by bit. if the dagger is badly made and not uniform throughout, then at some point that will fail, and it might ruin some of my materials, which would be very upsetting since it'll be hard to get more, here. When I'm done the spellsilver will be a lesser metal and the dagger will be magic, which will help it cut better and also will mean it can do damage through many kinds of shields. You can learn weapon crafting eventually but it is an advanced skill, I had six years of school before I picked it up."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. It looked very complicated and difficult. He offers her back the dagger and sits on his heels, watching. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"This will take me a third of a day but at some points I'll be able to talk or take breaks," she says, and starts. For this one the dagger and the hairpin do not need to float. She is magically transferring something about the hairpin to the dagger, over and over, quick and efficient, and then sometimes she pauses that. "What makes spellsilver special is that it can have magic reserves, like people can. I am giving that property of the spellsilver to the dagger, and then I have to wait until the magic is balanced to keep going."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh." He nods along. "Where does spellsilver come from and why can it have magic reserves - it's not alive, right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not alive. There is some in the earth, mixed in to other things, and it can be extracted by processing ores. Some people have theories of why it can have reserves but we don't know for sure. One theory I am familiar with is that it's not aliveness per se that makes things have magic reserves, but some other thing about what's going on at a very small level, which is mostly only going on in alive things but is also going on in spellsilvers. I don't think anyone in your world discovered this but they might have down in Urtho's country."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who's Urtho? You said his name before too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could be wrong about this but I suspect that in a rich country that is not this one there is a powerful mage named Urtho who teaches mage students. I want to find him. I think you will benefit from his instruction." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He stiffens very slightly, though his voice is calm. "And then are you going to leave and go back to your world?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know how to leave and go back to my world. Urtho might be able to help with that but I don't know if he can and I am also not decided on whether to trust him with it... and also it's at least a tiny bit possible that I can't get back to my world, for one reason or another. Either way I will not leave you. I think you will learn a lot from Urtho but he should not be your only instructor, if you are going to grow up to fight the gods for their dead people."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar isn't sure whether he believes her, and either way it should be fine if she leaves, as long as she brings him to some other powerful mage who he can learn things from.

He doesn't want her to go, though, and so it's a relief when she says that she won't, even though he's unsure whether to trust her about it. She pulled him out of the river and she's making him a magic dagger and she says she wants to help him grow up and fight the horrible god - and words are easy, of course, and the things she's actually done that aren't just words are much smaller. But still. 

He relaxes a little, nods and keeps watching her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will be at it until very late into the night. She can make a dagger magic faster than most other people but it is still eight hours of work, and she didn't start until after dinnertime.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar tries really hard to stay awake for it, but unlike Carissa he doesn't have a Ring of Sustenance, and is also thirteen and has a full stomach for the first time in months. He yawns, and eventually stretches out on his stomach with his chin propped on his hands to watch her, and his blinks get longer and longer and then he's asleep.

It's the first time he's ever slept in a place that wasn't one of the clan tents, but the mysterious powerful wizard lady is very good at magic and she wants him around, and so even if he doesn't trust her very much, he feels surprisingly safe. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa feels terrible when she's finally done and has a magic dagger. Probably this is because she rode a horse hard for most of the day and Fireballed herself trusting her shield-amulet to handle it (which it did) and because even if a Ring of Sustenance doesn't let you starve she usually doesn't go a whole day eating and drinking virtually nothing. She makes herself a little water in a cup, and drinks it, and feels a tiny bit better. She lies down next to Ma'ar and continues to feel terrible, which is annoying, usually wizards get insomnia trained out of them young, and thinks about how she might die here and no one would ever know what happened and Ma'ar would accidentally destroy the world in a couple of decades, how maybe this in fact happened, thousands of years ago, Leareth doesn't remember his first life, except that doesn't really make sense. 

She has been leaning towards not doing things that seem big and hard to take back but maybe she should warn Ma'ar in the morning that Urtho has superweapons. That alone might be enough, even if she gets stabbed on the road tomorrow by a god.

It probably wasn't a god. There was plenty of reason for it that wasn't a god.

She misses Leareth. He's right here except actually it will be a lot better for her sanity to think of them as two completely different people and she misses him. 

She feels sick.

Eventually she sleeps.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar wakes up a little before Carissa, this time, since she went to sleep so late. He carefully extracts himself and sits up, rubbing his eyes and wincing; he's not accustomed to riding either and his entire body hurts, though not as badly as the time he got caught and beaten by some of the other clan's men before he managed to fireball them enough to startle them into running away. 

He stares covetously at the magic dagger, but waits for the wizard lady to wake up so he can ask her if it's safe for him to touch. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She wakes up not that much later. Makes a face, makes herself some water to drink. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He waits until it's clear that she's more awake. "Is the dagger all done? ...Also, what's your name." He hasn't been brave enough to ask, so far, but he's feeling bolder today, having successfully made it an entire day out of his camp and still being alive - even if it took her help, that's sort of the point, right? And it's at least a little informative that she didn't abandon him as soon as she found the bigger town. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Carissa. I should go by something else here, though. The dagger is all done and you can touch it - it's very very sharp, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, and takes the dagger with great care, turning it from side to side and testing it on another stray thread, before checking if the battered leather sheath that the pot-metal dagger used to be in still fits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It does. Carissa starts preparing spells. The same as yesterday; yesterday was horrible and she hopes today goes better but she mostly had the right spells for it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar watches her, captivated by the entire process. Watching her casting spells was already amazing enough; the way that she makes them, folding together so much complicated structure, and then just - tucks them away for later - is incredibly beautiful. And not how his own magic looks to him at all. He tries a little bit, drawing out a wisp of magic from his reserves and imitating her as she works, but he can't go nearly fast enough and he doesn't have the fine control to make it match and the entire thing just seems to come out very differently. 

He asks her about it, after, how she learned to do it like that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where I am from they check all the children to see how smart they are and the smart ones get trained to be wizards. I'm not Gifted like you, so the only way I can cast spells is this way, the slow way. Since you're Gifted you are mostly going to want to practice with your Gifts, not practice the thing I do, which requires expensive resources to get good at, but once we're in Urtho's city and I have a sense of how scarce ink is going to be I'll make you up your own spellbook if you want."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "We should go clean now, so we can leave for the city." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." It shouldn't take long, since she can summon an Unseen Servant to help and also use Prestidigitation.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't get to find out if Ma Okar would be impressed because she doesn't pay attention to any of it; she sits in the back room, working on her book of accounts, and occasionally pokes her head out to make sure they haven't run off with all her crockery or something. She seems to be one of the only people in town who can read or write, judging by the fact that two different people arrive with letters or bills-of-receipt for her to read for them, and she takes down a reply for the letter recipient. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is moving more energetically this morning after two solid meals yesterday, though he didn't even think to ask whether there was breakfast, he's a bit hungry but he can save his travel-bread for once he's really hungry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will ask about breakfast once the place is shockingly clean; it wasn't included but maybe they'll win some points for the shocking cleanliness.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma Okar does seem very pleased about her sparkling-clean tavern, even the ceiling above the fireplace de-sooted, and she gives them some day-old bread with soft cheese, apologizing that the baker doesn't have any fresh today, and cups of the same cider. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar gives his a suspicious look and then drinks it more carefully, and does not get tipsy. He keeps patting the hilt of his new magic dagger and feeling very reassured by it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they can walk on out of town along the river in the direction she was advised yesterday, and she can make them horses, and they can head out on their horses.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar sticks very close to her, this time; the path is still pounded-down dirt but it's consistently wide enough for them to ride abreast. The land is similar, fields and scrub and the occasional orchard or cottage with a little garden. The river broadens and slows again, and there are women fishing in the shallows with nets, gowns rucked up around their waists, talking and laughing. 

Ma'ar watches everything, and is too focused on keeping his Thoughtsensing open enough to feel any attackers coming for conversation. 

They pass another couple of smaller villages, and then, if they're keeping around the same pace as yesterday, they'll reach what's obviously the Three Mills midway through the afternoon. There's a sawmill and a grain-mill and some other sort of mill, it's hard to tell from here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's take a late lunch break here."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods and slips down from the saddle, stiffly; he's still very sore. He points at the mills. "What are those?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mills? The water spins a wheel and then you can use that for work." She is also very sore, and doesn't actually feel any better than when she woke up, which is annoying; she really really wishes she could still do healing. She eats some of her bread, in case it helps, but if anything it seems to make things worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar notices that she's quiet, and doesn't bother her with more questions, though once he's done carefully portioning out his bread, he runs out a bit in the field to get a better angle to see one of the mill-wheels, and stares fiercely at a while, moving his hands vaguely in the air as he tries to understand what it's doing and how it's cutting wood, he can't see the actual cutting part from here but some workers are carrying away planks of it. He didn't even know you could do that to wood; he's barely seen trees in his life. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwwwwwww.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar considers asking one of the mill-workers about it, but is too shy of strangers; before meeting Carissa and then Ma Okar, he had never in his life had a positive interaction with a stranger. He does find a stick and scratch a picture of it in the road-dirt and then stare at it intently. He's a little reluctant to be pulled away, but he does also want to reach the big city, and eventually this man called Urtho who's apparently a powerful mage. 

"- Are you all right?" he asks Carissa. She wasn't this quiet yesterday, and she's minimizing her movements the way people do when they're hurt or sick. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a couple of hypotheses and none of them are delightful but they're not an emergency." Probably. "In the city I might see a doctor and figure out which one is right."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, a bit worriedly, and falls silent again.

The road does indeed peel off at a right angle from the river's current path, past all three mills; it's still not properly paved, but it's gravel rather than the kind of dirt that would turn straight to mud in the rain. There are cultivated fields on either side, though once they're further from the river the half-ripened crops aren't looking to be in great shape. Some farms have livestock. They pass small towns at more frequent intervals, every few miles; at one of them a swarm of half-wild turkeys tries to mob them, startling Ma'ar into wrenching his dagger from its sheath, but are frightened off by the Phantom Steeds. And by Ma'ar's instinctive levinbolt. He's small but he already has fast reflexes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They should stop at another small town before dusk, to buy dinner and see about a place to stay the night.

Permalink Mark Unread

The town they reach shortly before dusk does have an actual inn, with a sign over the front; it also has a handful of shops on its single main street, and an awning over its farmers' market. The innkeeper, a man who isn't plump right now but gives the impression of having been at one point, is willing to trade them a shared room and supper in the taproom for cleaning help in the morning. Supper is equally boring, and still leaves Ma'ar looking utterly delighted at his luck. 

There are more travellers on the road here, and their shared room has two beds, narrow, but with actual straw-stuffed mattresses strung over ropes on wooden bedframes. The other is shared by middle-aged couple, both of whom snore. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She works on making the dagger better. She can melt it down, later, if she needs the spellsilver for something else. The next improvement will take longer but that's all the more reason to start it right away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar, again, tries to stay awake and watch, but it's been another long day of unaccustomed riding, and he's yawning and drooping and the bed is so comfortable. He's never slept in a bed before. He falls asleep tangled in his wool blanket from the stolen pack. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa puts in eight hours on making his dagger nicer, and then spends what feels like forever cataloguing all of the possible explanations for feeling terrible, from 'I've just been riding horses too much' to 'I'm sick' to 'I'm pregnant' to 'Nefreti neglected to mention that this plane slowly drains power from you until you crumble into dust' to 'a parasitic worm has laid its eggs inside me and is sucking my blood for nourishment', and eventually sleeps. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The beds are narrow and also sag in the middle when occupied, and she wakes up with Ma'ar snuggled closely against her, still fast asleep, his blanket kicked off and on the floor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwwwww. 

 

She prepares spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar blinks awake once there's magic moving near him, and rolls over to watch again. He's somehow even more sore today and not in any hurry to move, although once Carissa gets up he does as well, uncomplaining. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry," she says apologetically. "When we get to the city we can take a couple of days to rest even if it's not Urtho's city." 

For now, though, they should negotiate breakfast and get back on the road.

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. He isn't complaining at all. 

Breakfast is successfully negotiated in exchange for a very satisfactory job cleaning. It's oatmeal porridge, even with a bit of honey; Ma'ar makes such a wide-eyed face at his first ever experience of sweetened food. 

By a few hours into their ride, the road is getting seriously crowded; there are actual wagons, pulled by mules and oxen, and even a proper carriage with an awning and a well-dressed family inside. There are more people around to see them, but their horses stand out a lot less, and no one gives them a second look. 

Ma'ar rides very close to Carissa. He blinks at the carriage and asks Carissa what it is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The wheels - the round bits underneath it - are attached to an axel, and when the front is pulled the wheels roll, and the people inside have a pleasanter ride than they'd have sitting on a horse. I could make one but it's more obviously magic than the horse is."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, thoughtfully, and cranes his neck to watch the carriage's wheels turn until they're too far ahead of it; it's keeping to a very sedate pace. 

It's clear that they're approaching a city long before the city is actually visible. The air is noticeably murky and smells vaguely of cookfires. There are fewer fields and more cottages and bigger houses, including some nice-enough fenced estates with gardens. Flower gardens, rather than vegetable ones. Ma'ar is amazed and kind of baffled by this. 

And eventually they come to a wall, where a guard dressed in a red uniform is letting people through a gate one group at a time. The wall is only about a man's-height high; Ma'ar stands up in the stirrups of his saddle to try to peer over it, and then nearly falls and sits down sheepishly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She disguises herself with a spell again, and has them dismount from their conspicuous magic horses so they can walk in as a boring couple of local poor people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard looks bored. "State your business." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's a mage and I want to get him mage training."

Permalink Mark Unread

This is clearly a much less boring answer! The guard looks startled, then beetles his brows. "Oh really? Prove it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar looks uncertainly at Carissa, unsure if he should demonstrate a shield or something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you do a bit of magic for the guard?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He floats a pebble up into the air, then shyly does a mage-light in the palm of his hand and holds it up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, all right, go on past." He shoos them through the gate.

The city is packed and smelly and there's garbage and sewage in the gutters on either side of the road, though the road is really cobbled, and some of the buildings are stone rather than wood. There's laundry strung above their heads. People are yelling things to each other between the windows of the second-storey apartments above them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar flinches at the noise and crowd, shoulders going up around his ears. He doesn't at all like having this many people so close to him, and he shrinks up against Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is feeling paranoid of pickpockets and also incredibly miserable about the smell; she holds Ma'ar's hand tightly. "I want to look for the nice part of the city where the rich people live."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar has no idea how to help with that, so he just hangs onto her and nods, his other hand gripping his magic dagger firmly. 

The street is crowded but the people on it are mostly moving along steadily, and once they're to the first crossroads, they can if they want peel off down an alley, which doesn't smell any better and isn't necessarily at lower risk for pickpockets but is less trafficked. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Probably the rich people part of the city will be upriver? She can head in what vaguely seems like the right direction, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

The city is big enough to have clear neighbourhoods. Unfortunately they pass through the tanners' district while finding their way to another road that heads upriver rather than crosswise to it; it smells much worse, but then they're upwind of it. There's another mill, and then another street of shops, somewhat nicer than the area they first saw, and then a big open market square with a stone fountain in the middle; the fountain was maybe nice at one point but it's covered in pigeon droppings. 

And on the other side of the square is a nicer neighbourhood! The streets are, if not clean, at least cleaner, and the houses are bigger, with slate roofs rather than thatch, and separated by flowerbeds, and the people going about their are dressed better and more of them are riding horses. 

They're not currently looking like wealthy people, and they do get odd looks from the first person they pass, a gardener watering flowers, and then someone who must be a guard for one of the houses tries to chase them off with a stick, maybe assuming that they're thieves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, they should wait until her Disguise Self wears off and then disguise Ma'ar, but she's going to try to find somewhere to linger until then where the smell is tolerable.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can find another smaller square that has a good breeze off the river and mostly doesn't smell; it has a bench under a little decorative archway where they can sit and be left alone. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. How is Ma'ar doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

He's tired and sore and overwhelmed by the number of people and things and the strangeness; he's sitting on the bench with his arms wrapped around his folded knees, eyes fixed ahead, his head snapping around every time someone comes down one of the streets into the square. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She wants to say something reassuring but she doesn't know if everything will be okay. "I want to be moderately truthful here and say that I'm a powerful mage from faraway, I was testing a new kind of Gate, and I ended up here instead of where I wanted to go," she says. "I am hoping that they will be able to tell us how to get where we want to go, and if it's too hard I will Sending Urtho and ask him to come pick us up."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. He has no additional contributions here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If instead something bad happens, I'll teleport us away, so you want to be holding onto my hand."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

And once they're ready to go he will do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She dresses him like she'd dress her own child, in Cheliax; they're going to look foreign and it's easier to do disguises when you know the look you have in mind very well. 

 

She heads back into the nice part of town, holding his hand, trying to look impatient but not at all out of her depth.

Permalink Mark Unread

They get fewer odd or concerned looks, this time, though some people's eyes do follow them curiously. After following the cobbled road past all the nicer houses, they come out to a row of higher-end shops; a few even have actual glass windows, with displays, clothing and gowns and shoes. Nice copper pots and pans. Weapons. There's an apothecary with fragrant herbs hanging from the lintel.

The street barely smells at all; a servant is busy scooping up the dung just dropped by someone's horse. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She stops at the weapons shop. "Do you sell magic weapons here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets her such a blank look! "No, ma'am?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is not very surprising. She sighs anyway, a bit exaggeratedly. "I guess there's probably not much market, here... hmm, this is very good work." It is just all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

It gets her a rote smile and an offer to come in and see the rest of the wares that aren't for display to 'just anyone'. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She'd love to, but maybe later, she just arrived here and needs to arrange lodging for the night first, do they recommend anywhere?

Permalink Mark Unread

They can recommend her the nicest inn in town! Down that way, it's called the Pig's Ear. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And is there a healer they'd recommend, she's been having these bouts of dizziness.

Permalink Mark Unread

They seem a bit confused by the term 'healer', but would recommend Lady Bet at the apothecary, she's knowledgeable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She thanks them and heads out. 

 

"Were you reading their mind?" she asks Ma'ar quietly once they've gone down the street. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Maybe a bit." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did they notice anything that seemed suspicious or implausible?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They were confused. About your questions. But they thought you looked very fancy so maybe you were educated." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What confused them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The magic weapons. They hadn't heard of that. And - when you asked about a healer they were confused and wondered if you meant...I don't know the word..." he gestures vaguely in the air, "an old woman from the country who delivers babies and has herbs in jars but hasn't studied anything? And then they thought you couldn't mean that, because you were dressed nice, you must've meant a doctor with an education." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do they not know of - magic healers, with a Gift for it -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know! Didn't seem to be what they were thinking of. Is that a different kind of magic from my kind too?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, there's a bunch of Gifts. Mage-gift is the most flexible, and then your Thoughtsensing is different, and there's Healing and Mindhealing and Empathy and Bardic and Fetching and Farseeing and Animal Mindspeech and Firestarting. At least that's the classification system the people I know used and I think they were pretty knowledgeable about your world's magic. I guess maybe in this...place they don't know that yet. Healers need specialized training to be useful...I guess I could go to an old woman from the countryside who does herbs. She'd at least know if I was pregnant."

Permalink Mark Unread

He is suddenly giving her such an upset look! "Are you maybe pregnant?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no tiny child has trauma around that specific thing. "It is a possible explanation for why I have been feeling sick. If it's not safe to have a baby in this world, though, I will Polymorph myself into a boy, and that would make me not be pregnant." She doesn't want to do that, really, but she can't abandon tiny baby Leareth and also she can't possibly convince him that's her prioritization here - "I plan to live forever. I am not going to take any chances with my safety."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What, you can turn yourself into a boy?" He's thoroughly distracted, staring at her. "Would you be stuck a boy forever then, or could you do it back?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would turn back in a couple of minutes. But I would not be pregnant when I turned back. That is what spellcasters where I'm from do so they only carry a baby when they want to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. That's - convenient, I guess. If it's a bad year for it." He wishes women from his clan knew how to do that. It sounds like complicated hard magic, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or if you just don't want children, some people don't." Hug. "There are also herbs people who aren't spellcasters take but they're not perfectly reliable. I don't think anyone's invented a perfect solution that's not magic and is always safe and always works, not yet, but someday they will."

Permalink Mark Unread

He leans into the hug. 

"How are you going to live forever?" he says into her chest. "I think I probably have to live a long time if I want to get powerful enough and have a good enough plan to fight any gods. And also dying is bad and people shouldn't." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't have it figured out yet but some powerful wizards have done it so I know it's possible. Magic can be used to extend your life, so you have more time to work on it. The man I know who is a King had lots of different methods, so he'd have a backup if one of them failed. It is possible to make a not-awake clone of yourself with magic, and arrange for your soul to wake up there if you die. I'm not powerful enough to do it yet but it can be done. You'd also want to make sure your method of immortality was very hard for anyone or any god to tamper with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He tugs away from her hug, his expression distant, deep in thought. "- Will you be sad?" he says after a moment. "If you have to turn into a boy so you're not pregnant anymore." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would be sad about the situation being one where I had to do that instead of one where I was at home with my husband and we could be excited for the baby together. I will be sad if I do that, never get home and therefore never get to raise any kids except you. I think it'd be better if the world had the baby in it so I'd be sad to be losing those worlds. But none of it is worth dying about, so if they haven't invented healing anywhere I'm not going to risk it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "If you're right that Urtho knows all about magic, though, then he would know if it's invented anywhere. If you can find him and talk to him. Is this his city?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so. I will ask after him at the next place I go. Probably that should be the inn."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, and after a moment's hesitation, reaches to take her hand again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they can go to the inn. "How much for a room?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"One silver a night. Are you visiting the city?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I'm not sure for how long. My coin purse was pickpocketed, and I'm a day ahead of my staff, but you can have one of the rings as collateral if you have a satisfactory safe to keep it in." She waves her hand carelessly. It has the magical ring as well as her nonmagical wedding jewelry.

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets her an awed stare; however rich the rich people are in this city, the inn isn't used to seeing that much jewelry on one person. "All - all right, ma'am." The servant curtsies to her, suddenly blushing. "I'll - go ask - just wait there one moment..." She runs off. 

An older, more composed woman in a matching servants' uniform comes out a minute later, gives Carissa and Ma'ar an appraising look. She looks better fed than anyone in the previous towns they passed through, and not as stressed. 

"Welcome to the Pig's Ear," she says, smiling but not curtsying. "And to Anrod, our capital - have you ever been before? Anyway, I daresay we can accept one of your rings as collateral. I'm sorry to hear you were pickpocketed, the thieves have been awful this year - were you hurt at all?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't been here before, I'm from Cheliax, it's a long story. I wasn't injured." She offers the nonmagical ring. "My wedding ring, so do take care not to lose it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yes, yes, of course, ma'am."

The matron has never heard of Cheliax, but isn't that surprised, she's never been out of the city and the rich lady's clothes look exotic, she doesn't even recognize the fabrics. She's curious how Carissa ended up a day ahead of her staff, but not actively suspicious, and is holding back from asking out of politeness. The jewelry is spectacular, she's never seen any like it, either in style or quantity. And she understands better now why Malia was so spooked, she thought the poor girl was just being simple again, but this lady is kind of scary. Very composed, doesn't carry herself like most noblewomen here. She - looks like someone who's used to traveling alone, somehow, which is rare. Her son is sweet but looks thin, maybe he's sickly. 

"I'll just take care of locking this up safely for you, then. Malia! Do show the lady to her room." 

The nervous young girl is back a moment later, bobbing her head. "Follow me, ma'am." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. And I hate to ask, but could I have twelve silver for incidental expenses today and tomorrow? I really assure you the ring'll cover it."

Permalink Mark Unread

The matron blinks, but still seems caught up enough by Carissa's visible absurd wealth that she doesn't think to question it. "Er, yes, of course. I'll be over as soon as we can arrange that." She's thinking frantically that they should clean the formal dining room for the lady's supper, it hasn't been used since the midwinter festival, and she should send the kitchen-maid to pick some fresh flowers for decorations, and - what other conveniences are very wealthy ladies used to, she'll have to ask around...

Carissa and Ma'ar are shown to a room, or rather suite; it has a sitting-room with a loveseat and armchair and a carved end-table, a bedroom with a four-poster bed, and a separate washing-up room with a slightly warped polished mirror on the wall. There are fine muslin curtains on the window, which is still oiled paper rather than glass, but lets through the light well enough. There's a rug on the floor and wallpaper, and the furniture is old but reasonably well-made. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is trying not to gawk, because he's supposed to be pretending to be rich and of course if he were really he'd have seen nice rooms before, but he's amazed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, dear," she says with satisfaction. "I'll have a bath - oh, I can do it myself, I'm a mage."

Permalink Mark Unread

The maid seems to want to fuss, but is shooed away without too much effort, at which point Ma'ar stops trying to hide his awe. Though he's looking dubiously at the tub, he can't tell what it's for. 

"What's a bath?" he asks her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You fill it with hot water and then you soak in the hot water to get clean!" She is being very careful with the water cantrip, because she suspects if she loses the little scrap of divine energy that powers it she'll never get it back; she fills up the tub, and then uses Prestidigitation to heat it. "Rich people have baths as often as they want, every day even, and so they are always very clean."

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems like a ridiculous waste of water to him, but maybe rich people can - make rivers? Or something. He's still giving the water a very suspicious look. "Does it hurt?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, it's not that hot, just cozy resting temperature. You can stick your hand in and tell me if I got the temperature right."

Permalink Mark Unread

He very tentatively dips his pinky in, then the rest of his hand. Looks surprised. "It's nice." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you want to get in I can go into the other room. - people usually don't bathe in front of each other."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Why not?" He's a little bit nervous at how deep the water looks, but it's probably fine, it's not deeper than the watering-hole it just feels like it because the tub is narrower and rectangular. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"In societies where people are rich enough to have multiple rooms in their houses, people are not usually naked in front of people of the other sex, except young children or when there's a good reason. If you don't particularly care about it I don't particularly care about it" except that if he developed a crush on her it would be the most awkward state of affairs in the ENTIRE UNIVERSE "but if you are comfortable trying being alone it's a good time to try it, when we have multiple rooms, and you can call if you need me."

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems very weird to him but he nods gamely. "All right. I can try." He looks warily at the tub. "What do I...do. Once I'm in. Do I just sit in it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Usually there are - oils, and soaps and things." She looks to see if there are any around. "I can ask the staff for them."

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a cake of soap in a dish by the smaller washbasin, and a folded towel next to it. There don't appear to be any oils. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that is probably complication enough for Ma'ar's first bath ever. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's aware of the existence of soap since yesterday, someone was washing dishes with it at the inn. 

Once Carissa leaves he takes off his clothes, and unties the dagger so he can put it right next to the bath in reaching distance while he very cautiously lowers himself in. It feels a lot hotter to the rest of his body than to his hands, and he squeaks and pauses a few times, but once he's all the way in it's - lovely, actually. Though it's making him feel very relaxed and sleepy, and he has to remember to pick up the soap and rub it with his wet hands and then wash himself like a dish. Which still seems ridiculous, but the dirt does come off. He didn't even know that was dirt, actually, he thought it was just his skin. Eventually he's even brave enough to dunk his head a bit and try to get the dirt out of his hair. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa meanwhile flops in the fancy bed and falls asleep, which doesn't usually happen to her.

She dreams that Leareth is there. She explains that she is in Velgarth, and he is very afraid, though he shows it only a little bit, and then she says that she met a Kiyamvir Ma'ar, is that him, is that what he was called, and then Leareth says, no, he was called Urtho, and then the gods drop rocks from the sky crushing both of them. It's a spectacularly unproductive dream and she wakes up thinking 'what an idiot, I had a chance to talk to him and didn't even ask what to do if I'm pregnant', and then wakes up the rest of the way and just feels - tired.

She Prestidigitates her clothes clean and looks in the mirror and worries.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar spends a while once he's clean half-drowsing in the bath, staring vaguely at the water which is now sort of appallingly brown. 

Eventually, once he's almost nodded off a couple of times, he decides that he should probably - get out of the bath. Or something. Probably Carissa wants a turn, and if he's still tired he can sleep on the bed, it's right there and he won't drown if he falls asleep on it. 

He grasps the sides and manages to haul himself up and get his feet over the edge, it's very slippery, and he stands up - 

- and squawks and goes down on his bottom on the tile floor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She rushes in a second later. "Are you okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He's sprawled confusedly on the floor, blinking and rubbing his forehead, not entirely sure how he got there. "I - don't feel good. Dizzy." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaah how do you get an entire country with no healers she still has a handful of divine spells she hasn't used but those are all she's ever going to have -

 

"Did you hit your head? Let's get you out of the bathroom- you can lean on me -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so..." Standing up again feels even worse but he hangs onto Carissa, getting her clothes damp, and shuffles out. "Want to lie down - I feel too hot..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She hugs him. Looks wildly around for the nearest container where she could make some water for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a vase on a shelf, and some porcelain cups or jars up on a windowsill that are maybe intended to be decorative. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If they can hold water they'll do. "Drink something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmkay." Ma'ar drinks a bit of water, and finds that he's very thirsty, even though he's just been in water so that seems weird. He gulps the rest. "...More?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes absolutely.

Permalink Mark Unread

He drinks the second cup of water nearly as fast, and then flops on her.

"I - think I feel better. That was scary." He didn't mean to say that out loud, and wouldn't normally, but he's still slightly dazed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." Hug. "I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's very drowsy again, and leans into the hug - remembers that his dagger isn't here, mumbles something to Carissa about it, but he's too sleepy to move even for that. For the first time in days he's relaxed and his muscles aren't hurting everywhere and it's peaceful and quiet in the room, which has walls and a door, and also Carissa, who's a lot more dangerous than his dagger - she made it for him...

Permalink Mark Unread

She snuggles him and doesn't say anything. Probably the kid could stand to sleep more than he has been.

Permalink Mark Unread

Within five minutes he's soundly asleep on her; he seems more relaxed than he did on the first night, in the tent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. She has several problems she needs to solve, here and now, but that in particular just seems - good.

 

She opens the door to see if she can get a servant to drain the bath, she wants clean water for the new one. Maybe they'll have surfaced her spending money in the meantime, though she doesn't intend to ask about it again.

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets the young girl again, who can do that for her ladyship, yes ma'am! Also the matron will be by soon, and was asking what time she would like them to take their supper tonight, is sunset all right or does she prefer earlier, and if she finding everything here all right, if the sheets aren't soft enough they can look for better ones. (She heard once that really rich people sleep on silk sheets, which seems absurd but who knows.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sunset will do, and she has no complaints, she's well aware she didn't call ahead. Her son's feeling a little unwell, is there a recommended doctor?

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I don't know, ma'am, but Matron will, I'll tell her to come now and then I'll fix the bath for you?"

The girl runs off again, and comes back with the older woman in tow, who politely offers Carissa a little leather coin-purse. "Your spending-money, ma'am. And if you need someone to run errands for you since your staff aren't here yet, we can send the kitchen-boy? Oh, and Malia says your son isn't well, I'm sorry to hear that. We can send for someone from the College of Chirurgeons, Master Dobs was the best but he retired and moved south with his lady, so I'd just send one of our boys over and ask who they recommend." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd be very grateful." She toys with the wedding jewelry, absentmindedly. "And perhaps you could join me and tell me a little bit more about the city? I haven't been here before, and I will confess being robbed in broad daylight did very little to help me orient. I didn't expect my errand here to be difficult."

Permalink Mark Unread

The matron seems slightly taken aback to be asked, but flattered too, her cheeks turn a little pink. "Why, of course. I can have some tea brought over for you as well. Just let me take care of sending someone over to the College."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

The servant-girl drains the bath through a spigot in the bottom; it takes her multiple trips hauling buckets and chucking them out the window into the back gutter; at one point a voice swears loudly back up at her through the open window. 

The matron comes back, trailed by another young woman in a bonnet carrying a tea-tray, and confirms having sent a runner over to the College of Chirurgeons. The tea set is old and definitely not as nice as anything in the palace in Cheliax, but it's fine; the tea itself tastes different, more astringent even with milk; there's a cake of sticky brown sugar and a spoon to go with it as well, and hard little biscuits on a platter.

"So," the matron says over her own cup, "what sorts of things did you want to know?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm here looking for my nephew. He's Allereth's age -" a head-jerk indoors. "My sister's son. They moved here four years ago. He's mage-gifted, he was getting little sparks and lights even then. I'm taking my son to study with Urtho and I wanted him to get the chance, too. But - that's all I have to go off. My sister and I were estranged, her name is Aptsya but she was going by something easier for the locals to pronounce, I don't know her husband's name, just that he -" vague hand-wave - "worked a trade. Our parents were horrified. Where do mage children study, here? What would my nephew's education be like, is he even going to want to come with me? Do you have any guesses where they might be living, if they're, you know, used to nice things but spending down their money..."

Permalink Mark Unread

She shows no recognition at the name 'Urtho', and frowns a little at the other names, nods along sympathetically at the right parts of the story. "Oh, hmm, let me think. To be honest," she leans in closer, and seems a bit embarrassed, "I don't think any of the good schooling for mages is here in Predain. I'm not sure what that looks like in - Cheliax, that was where you said you were from? Anyway. You want to be a learned doctor, sure, our College is the best in the known world, but we don't have great academies of magic or anything. I hear Tantara down south has some, don't know much more than that, though. Here I think it's apprenticeships, usually, or the King's Guard or his Majesty's Court. Pays well, to be a mage for His Majesty, but they're," and again she makes a face, "they're - not nice men, if you get my drift, I must say I hope your nephew didn't. My cousin's girl was a mage, though, went off to apprentice to some wizard in the countryside. If you like I can go to her house tonight and ask who, and where?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would appreciate it. And honestly, that's what I'd heard, about the magic education in Predain, it's why I want to find my nephew and take him south with me, but I didn't want to assume I'd heard right. Tell me more about the College of Chirurgeons, though? Nothing to do with my mission exactly but I never knew Predain was known for it, that's not something we have in Cheliax at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

The matron doesn't actually know that much about the College but is nonetheless delighted to talk about what everyone sees as their capital's main attraction. The College is revolutionizing the art of medicine! Instead of herb-women with no training, they have the best texts in the world, and their surgeon-scholars contribute new treatises every year. They (and again she blushes and look embarrassed) cut up cadavers - it's supposed to be a great honour, when one dies in their public charity hospital, to have one's body used to further the art. So they know the human anatomy very well and seek to understand the root of all diseases, and they have alchemists hard at work on inventing new potions and remedies. She isn't herself learned so can't say much, only that Master Dobs was oh so learned and clever, with his big black medical bag and his reference-book, and when her eldest daughter had a, well, you know, female problem, after giving birth, he sewed it right back up and she healed fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if you don't have magic healing it's probably the next best thing. She tries to act terribly impressed. 

 

On a more unpleasant topic, the robbers on the road - she was menaced by some even before the occasion where she was pickpocketed - she knows she's a magnet for them, even with the jewelry concealed, but still, is that - normal? Is it an unusually terrible year?

Permalink Mark Unread

The matron winces and again looks very embarrassed. "Drought two years in a row, ma'am, lots of shiftless young men with nowhere to go and the King's men won't take them. To be honest I pity their souls. Don't reckon they know better. It's always been reckless to travel without hiding your valuables or bringing a guard, of course, the King's men can't keep the peace outside the city and - well, even inside it, sometimes you're better off not calling for them. But - yes, I don't think it was quite so bad five years ago."

Permalink Mark Unread

Tragic. Maybe if they got some mages they could do more about the weather, though it's not her specialty. Tantara, with the good schools, is...south of here? How far?

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not sure. It takes a week to get a message down to the border by fast horse, though partly that's because the road isn't very good, and then Tantara itself is big and she doesn't know where the mage-schools are, but probably in the big cities further south than that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems like everything Carissa could hope to learn on the questions of most interest to her so she occupies the rest of tea asking the woman about the history of the inn, and how long she's run it, and what her children are up to.

Permalink Mark Unread

The matron is still confused why such a fine lady wants to talk to her, but it's rather flattering, and she's happy to talk about those subjects. 

While they're finishing up tea, the doctor from the College arrives and introduces himself as Master Laites. He's tall, a bit stooped, with greying hair pulled back in a knot; he's wearing a dark robe and carries a leather satchel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa's son is sleeping right now and she'd rather not wake him before he's ready but in the meantime she's so curious about doctors, they don't have them in Cheliax at all. What does a medical education involve? What sorts of things are herbalists and midwives and so on terribly wrong about?

Permalink Mark Unread

He seems taken aback to be asked, but decides not to take offence; instead he sits down and starts explaining how they study the anatomy and physiology of humans, what changes when people are sick versus healthy, and so they're coming to understand what causes illnesses, or prevents injuries from healing well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A few minutes into this, Ma'ar wakes up, and pokes his head out, wrapped in the coverlet off the bed since he's still not wearing his clothes. (He didn't especially want to put them back on, now that his body is clean they seem disgusting in comparison.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is a doctor, recommended by the lady at the inn. Reportedly Predain has the best college of physicians in the world, she's learning all about medicine. They don't really have it in Cheliax but maybe they should start; it seems like the kind of thing the King would be interested in funding. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar isn't that pleased by the introduction of another stranger to their nice quiet rooms, and he's confused why Carissa would bother getting a doctor all this way, it's not like he's seriously sick and he feels all right now, just tired. But he obediently accepts Master Laites' directions to go sit down on the bed and be examined. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Master Laites does a thorough physical examination, which Ma'ar holds still for even though he haaaaaates having the strange person he doesn't know at all touching him, and in weird un-comforting ways, peering at his scalp and the whites of his eyes, palpating his neck and his wrists and ankles, examining his fingernails closely and tapping his chest to listen to the sound, it's all very odd.

Master Laites then sits and thinks for a while before turning to Carissa. "How long has he been sickly?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not very long, just since we got here." Probably lying to the doctor will interfere with his ability to give a useful diagnosis, but she can hardly tell him the truth.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Is he particular about food, or does your family follow one of the temples with dietary rules...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"At home we don't eat anything from animals."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And the rest of you are healthy?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've been feeling unwell this week but I don't think it's related. Maybe it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks thoughtfully at her, then turns back to Ma'ar and asks him about any stomach symptoms (Ma'ar confesses to having a stomachache before after eating) and then asks his some distressingly detailed questions about his pooping habits. 

Finally he turns back to Carissa. "I suspect your difficulty is unrelated, though I could examine you as well. Your son appears to me to have an excess of lymph and a deficit of blood in his body; you see how his nailbeds and gums are paler than mine, look? And yours are quite normal. Many people are perfectly healthy on a diet of plants, but not everyone, and right now your son needs foods that will restore the blood. Eggs, meat, fish. He should eat lightly of breads and grains, and fruits, since those restore lymph, which is the opposite of what he needs." 

Master Laites frowns. "And then of course, there is the question of why he was healthy before and is sickly now, when you are well. You have been traveling, and eating and drinking at inns? Certain areas may have a miasma of disease, in the air or in the water or in the soil itself, and he may have picked up some sort of - vermin, that saps his strength from the inside. Stomachaches are suggestive of that. I can prescribe a remedy for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

They would appreciate it. And could he examine her as well, while he was here?

Permalink Mark Unread

He does, though with more discretion for the physical aspect, patting her through her clothes rather than asking her to disrobe. He asks her about her symptoms, and when they began - and then, unsurprisingly, clears his throat delicately and asks when she had her last monthlies and - he can see her wedding jewelry - when did she last have, well, marital relationships with her husband. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This part of the conversation goes completely over Ma'ar's head (this is mostly because he has no idea that 'marital relations' is a euphemism for anything pregnancy-related), and he's quiet and politely bored. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh, she would've assumed that nomadic herders had less in the way of privacy norms, there. Of course, his parents have been dead a while. 

She can confirm that she and her husband share a bed frequently (and also a magic-restricting extraplanar operations building in the divine domain of Abadar, but she does not tell him that) and the timing lines up and that was one of her guesses.

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, satisfied. "It is too early to be certain, but for a woman of your position it is the obvious guess, and I see no indications of a more serious disease that might be causing those symptoms; my second guess would be that you are unused to so much travel. For either case I would recommend taking some time to rest." 

He proceeds to give her some surprisingly detailed dietary advice about what the College of Chirurgeons thinks that pregnant women ought to eat versus not eat, and then some practical advice, that she can pick up a ginger-root at the apothecary and cut thin slices of it to chew, it should help with the sickness, and he encourages frequent light meals rather than large well-spaced ones. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh! She'll try it. And then she'll thank him and pay him out of her new pocket money and usher him out with an excuse about subsequent appointments because poor Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

The doctor thanks her, and leaves them a note to take to the apothecary, to pick up a remedy that will cure her son of any 'vermin' he might have picked up while traveling. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't like him," Ma'ar says quietly once he's well away and out of Thoughtsensing range. "I guess he seems clever, but - he kept poking me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry," she says. "I meant to explain to you what I hoped to get out of that and ask if it was all right with you before he arrived. I can explain now, if you'd like, but it was less important than you feeling safe here and I think you are owed an apology for being put on the spot like that. He was very pokey."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You were - worried something was very wrong with me, and you wanted someone who's studied healing to check? Except they don't have anyone with magic healing so he had to poke." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was a little bit worried about that, because I feel very helpless here - I have a bit of magic healing but only a bit and when I use it I'll never get more, so I wanted to know if you were bleeding in your head or anything that'd mean I should use it now and not later - and I wanted someone to look at me, because I was a little worried I'd caught some disease when I arrived here, somehow - but also I was just very curious whether their doctors are very good. We don't need it for injury, in Cheliax, but we don't have anything for disease, and disease kills lots of people - Velgarth has more but they're still limited by who has Gifts --and if they really had a good way of studying medicine and the body without Gifts then that'd be really important to know about, for the project of saving everybody, and I was excited about that. I don't know if I've really learned very much about that. He does seem to know some things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He probably has books that he didn't show you. You could steal them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I try not to steal things. But maybe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh, why not?" He shrugs. "It'd be stupid for me to try, I'd get caught, but I figure you have enough magic not to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It hurts people. And I can say my being alive is more important because I'm going to fix everything, and that's even kind of true, I'm certainly not giving them my money, but -

- there's a concept in my world that the gods use, called Law, it's - the tendency to be predictable to others in the world in such a fashion that they can cooperate with you, and know what cooperating with you means. And Law is very complicated and doesn't necessarily mean following all the local laws, but usually you want to pick something - some conception of how you will behave, under lots of circumstances, so that people can know what it'll mean, to be on your side, and I follow Iomedae so I've mostly adopted hers -

- you can make up your own, you don't have to have an existing one, but if you make up your own you are making up a deep and thorough conception of what it means for you to be an entity embedded in a world with other entities, and acting on it consistently, and people mostly can't do that from scratch, and they end up with incomplete or contradictory conceptions. I haven't tried making my own.

Anyway, nearly all of them prohibit or mostly prohibit stealing. Iomedae's says that many things are all right when they are directly and specifically necessary for your objectives, but they're not all right as a default or as a habit, or as things you do in any circumstances other than when it's the clear best way to get done something that has to be done. If I had to steal a magic teleporting key that'd take us to Urtho, I'd do that. But not - stealing spending money so I don't have to pawn my wedding ring so I have it later because maybe later I'll need it - not that kind of thing, not in the Iomedaen conception of what Law is. And Iomedae can't see us here but I follow Her because I think She's pretty smart, not specifically because She gives me healing magic in exchange."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar listens intently, expression serious, furrowing his brow every so often. It's a weird sideways way to think, but - it holds together into a picture, mostly, when he manages to get his head shoved around to see things from that angle. 

"I don't know Iomedae but I think you're pretty smart," he says after a long pause to think. "And you're powerful and I - want to be predictable to you so that you want to cooperate with me. Does...that mean I should also not steal anything unless I really really really have to?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so. Until you are bigger and have a whole theory of why you'll do everything you do, and can explain it to me, and then I'll be able to cooperate with you even if it's different than mine and has more stealing in it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's frowning. "Are you - trying to do this all the time? Or only with powerful people who you want to want to cooperate with you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- well, in my world, Law is a force that everyone can see and that applies to everyone and anyone who is Lawful is probably someone you can cooperate with if you understand what exactly they're using. In this world - I think I'm mostly not trying to cooperate with these people, exactly, but - if they did know I was a priest of Iomedae I wouldn't want them to have a terribly wrong impression about the kinds of things her priests will do. Because Iomedae can try to cooperate with more of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh."

 

 

"...You said things to him that weren't true. The doctor." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Also to the people running the inn, I've told them we're here looking for my nephew."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would you have not done that if they knew who Iomedae was and that you're being her priest and cooperating with her." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yes, in the sense that I could've just told them I was a priest of Iomedae here on secret priest business and expecting that to be enough they weren't curious and didn't gossip in any way that endangered me, but no in the sense that I think you mean it. It is not in the same category as - stealing, or killing, or threatening."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar's forehead wrinkles again. "But -" He rubs his eyes, trying to find the right words, searching for the right concepts, it feels like he's suddenly seen some entire new space of how thinking can work and he doesn't know his way around it yet or how to find anything. 

"But - telling people things that aren't true is - making you not predictable to them? Even if the doctor wanted to cooperate with you he couldn't, because you were - showing him a pretend you. And he didn't know that. At least if you steal from people it's really obvious and then they know they should get a weapon or guards next time... If you tell people lies then they - then their plans won't work and they won't even know why!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- huh. It is true that people not knowing what I really want makes it harder for them to make plans around me that I don't want them making, that's most of the point. I would feel badly about giving the doctor bad information about the effectiveness of his remedies, but I don't feel badly about telling him you're my son... In Cheliax everyone lies all the time about everything but we don't rob each other, so you can reasonably expect your plans not to fail because someone mugged you in the street but you'd be very very silly, if you expected your plans not to fail because you thought strangers were telling you the truth when they didn't have a reason to."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar looks like this concept is kind of breaking his brain! He scrunches up his face and twists his hands together. "I...guess that makes sense. That - somewhere could be that way." He also haaaaates it. "- Do people read other people's minds a lot, to check?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Ma'ar is thinking that he's just found a really good reason to get better at Thoughtsensing so he can read everyone's mind all of the time. 

"I think it's different here?" he says, slowly. "People try to rob you all the time. It'd be very stupid not to expect that. With clan Kiyam it'd be stupid not to have people stay up to guard our cattle, the middle of the night is the best time for raids. But - the other clans wouldn't lie to us about whether they took our cattle, that'd be - just, why." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe since you don't really have a state no one is trying very hard for - legitimacy, for persuading outside observers that they're in the right, for demonstrating that they know the rules. In Cheliax before the new king it was dangerous even to be trying to keep track of the truth, let alone to just say it to anyone who asked. Words were for - giving people context on what kind of interaction to expect this to be. Here, I'm a rich lady looking for her nephew, I'm using words to give people the prediction that they'll have the sorts of interactions they'd have with a rich lady looking for her nephew. They ought to expect at least that maybe I'm lying about the circumstances of our estrangement and maybe I'm here without my husband's permission and maybe there's something else afoot. They probably won't predict there's no nephew, because why would someone make a trip halfway around the world if there's no nephew, but -" Shrug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's so weird and twisty. Ma'ar makes faces about it for a while. "That - seems bad. For anyone being able to do things on purpose. If it's not safe to - even be trying to know what's true... Does the new king, the one who you think is like me, want to make it not like that anymore?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes he does. It being bad for people being able to do things on purpose was the point, you weren't supposed to do things on purpose about politics or religion or something. But the king who is like you is changing that. Though it's one of those things where it's hard for people to notice it changing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "People get used to things. Was it the god of Hell - doing it on purpose, before, making it so it wasn't safe to have plans about politics or religion?" He scowls. "That doesn't sound at all like wanting people to be able to cooperate with you. But I guess neither is burning people in lakes of fire so that's not very surprising." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Asmodeus believes that people are not supposed to have free will - our own impulses and desires and wants. Long ago mortals existed for the gods to use, like the difference between the phantom steeds and your cows, where your cows had opinions and the phantom steeds just did what they were told. Asmodeus thinks that was better. He wanted to make people more like that again. It's what the burning them in lakes of fire is for, it helps break down the will to serve yourself instead of Asmodeus."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

"- Well," Ma'ar says eventually, after a long horrified silence, "think people having desires and wants is good and Asmodeus is wrong." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmmhmm, I bet you do. A lot of things about Cheliax were very bad and I'm glad we have a new king now who is nicer."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar shivers a little, hugging his knees to his chest. He doesn't quite understand the tone in Carissa's voice, but, well, there are a lot of things he doesn't understand about her. 

He can't read her mind, even when she tries. She has some sort of magic in the way. Which is smart of her, because she's powerful and important and probably has a lot of secrets, and she comes from a place where people would try to read her mind because everyone was lying all the time. 

"...Do you - lie to me?" he says, tentatively, aware that this is a very silly question because if she does then she can just lie about her answer too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - oh, kiddo. I - hmmmmm.

 

My world does have - ways for people to tell each other the truth, where it's not expected they might lie, and where it is understood that lying would be totally incompatible with Law, not the sort of thing you might do if you're trying to cooperate with other people. If you swear by your god that you're telling the truth, then that's a situation where people can expect that you mean it, and expect you wouldn't be Lawful anymore if you were lying. I am willing to swear to things if you ask me about them. But we have a bit of a problem, right, in that I could tell you that, and not be telling you the truth about it. I don't know how to solve that. Honestly, it didn't occur to me that you would be assuming I was telling the truth, or I'd have promised you as soon as we met that I wouldn't hit you or keep you from leaving or anything. 

There are a lot of important secrets I'm keeping. Mostly my reason is that I don't understand how the Velgarth gods work and I don't know whether they'd be able to learn anything about what's going on if I told you. Some of my reason is because people could read your mind, and I'll tell you more once you're good at shielding. I don't think I have lied to you about anything. I am very sure I haven't lied to you about anything important, about my goals here and what I want and what I'm trying to do. It is a terrible idea to lie to your allies, even if it's wise with strangers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't assume you were telling me the truth," Ma'ar clarifies. He's not sure how to express what he was assuming, or how their conversation just now even gave him any new information. "I - assumed you would do what was clever and sensible for you. And you shouldn't tell me your secrets if it's stupid to do that, obviously. I, just..."

He shrugs helplessly. "I don't think I understand why you want to be my ally, really. Because I'm - small, and not any good at magic, and, I mean, anyone could say they want to fight gods when they grow up. It doesn't mean they're ever going to be strong enough, or that they'll - really actually try, people are bad at really actually trying. So it seems like it would be smarter of you to find someone who's already very good at magic, to be your ally."

Also he's a long way from being willing to believe that she actually wants him to do that and is committed to helping, because he can't see the inside of her head that would make her be that shape of person, but - well, he's also not not believing her about it. Just because...it's hard to name why, but if she'd wanted to tell him a convincing story so he would run away with her, she could have made one that was simpler. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

The gods might hear.

 

But also the gods might be paying more attention, later - Leareth got away with making his immortality method because he made it before they were paying him much attention -

 

"The things I know about Gifts and about how there ought to be an Urtho are not from having met other people from your world. They are from having met people from another world that - I think - is this world, thousands of years in the future."

Permalink Mark Unread

His eyes go wide. "Really? - How did you find that world?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It found mine. A man from that world discovered ours through an accident of some kind. He was a powerful mage, and had an army, and when he heard about Asmodeus he was very angry, so he made local allies and invaded and conquered Cheliax."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Is he the one who's the king now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"His local ally is technically in charge right now but the local ally is going to be a god in a month or two and then the man from Velgarth will rule alone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's going to be a god? Wow. Is that - just a thing you can do, in your world? Does it work in this world too? Is he becoming a god so he can fight Asmodeus?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Among other reasons, yes. I don't think you can just become a god in this world, my world's magic is more flexible in some ways. He was a god before and then some things happened and he had to stop and I think he's excited to get back to it." And maybe either delaying it or moving it up, with her missing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." Ma'ar has no idea what sorts of "things" could "happen" that would result in someone having to stop being a god, but - if Carissa wanted to say she would, and she didn't, so she doesn't want to. Maybe it's one of her important secrets. He doesn't press.

He frowns and presses his palms to his forehead and thinks for a while. 

"I'm still confused," he admits, eventually. "But - if the rest is important secrets then I understand if you can't tell me. How do I learn how to shield better?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Unfortunately I'm not quite sure because my magic works differently. Urtho'll be able to teach you." Sigh. "I have been thinking about just - messaging him, and asking him to come pick us up. He might do it, and otherwise it sounds like we'll need to spend several weeks riding for Tantara, and that sounds kind of dangerous, and I don't know for sure that Urtho is in Tantara. I guess messaging him to ask him that is also an option. 

 

I'm nervous because he is much more powerful than us. But - he's kind. The one in the other timeline gave me a gift, once." She shows the bracelet. "And several weeks riding south pose their own risks."

Permalink Mark Unread

Riding for several weeks also sounds awful and he flinches a bit at the thought. Carissa contacting Urtho is also scary, but differently, and somehow in a way that doesn't make him want to flinch. 

He examines the bracelet, interestedly. It's very complicated. It's also - more a familiar shape, or something, he's not nearly that good but he could imagine making his magic be that shape, whereas Carissa's just seems impossible.

"Was it future him who made that?" he says thoughtfully. "If it were me, I would be so curious to see a magic thing that me from the future made, because it might be with things I hadn't even learned yet, and so if it were me I think I'd want to pick you up." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. It was future him that made it." Sigh. "All right. I'm going to message him. I just need to figure out what language is spoken in Tantara. Shall we go out and try to learn that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. - Can you use magic to make my clothes clean, I don't want to put them back on when I'm clean and they're dirty." He's still looking at his own hand with mild amazement; he's never seen it clean like that before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, good idea." And she prestidigitates her clothes clean and then they can go around outside. She is going to claim that she wants to send a letter to Tantara and needs someone who can write and knows the language there.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is directed to a bookstore! It's next to the College of Chirurgeons, which is a big mostly-stone building with tasteful ivy hanging over the facade and a nice statue out front, though the statue does have pigeon droppings on it and the ivy is looking under-watered. 

The bookstore is small and dim and has a couple of apprentices copying manuscripts at a table in the back, and a single shelf of leatherbound books. There's a clerk at a desk with a monocle hanging on a chain around his neck; he looks up. "May I help you, ma'am?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I need to send a letter to Tantara, but I can't write their language. Do you speak it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks surprised, but nods. "I do. Not well, but my father worked at the last King's court, back when they had a translator on the King's staff, he taught me. I can take down a letter for you." He peers appraisingly at her (he's thinking what he can get away with charging.) "One silver. That'll cover two pages." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Everything's so overpriced here," she complains, but hands him a silver. "I'd like the message to say, 'Pexia,

I was nearly ambushed by bandits just outside Predain and then pickpocketed almost as soon as I entered the city. No need to worry for me, Joset's catching up tomorrow and I found a place to stay, but I think you really shouldn't come at all, and I'm eager to get the children out of here as swiftly as I can. I don't like to speak ill of places, but certainly some are more to my taste, and even more certainly more to yours. If you can prevail on anyone for a Gate, I'll pay them well for it; if not, I suppose we'll ride, and with any luck at all only be a week or two behind this message.

Allereth is well, and excited for his magic lessons. I hope I have not made too much of Urtho. I know every parent thinks their son is the cleverest but one of them is right, and I suppose that it's me. 

 

With fond regards,

- S'.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

The clerk scribbles it down first in the local tongue. He smiles at a couple of parts, with a knowing glance between Carissa and Ma'ar.

"Come back in a little while," he says to her, "and I'll give you the new draft. Your son is a mage?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"How fortunate." He doesn't seem interested in further conversation, though; he gets up from his desk and goes to check on the apprentices and pester them about some detail of penmanship. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll come back later. She wants to stop by the apothecary and pick up the doctor's proposed remedy, though mostly out of curiosity since she's pretty sure Ma'ar's malnourishment is straightforwardly caused by not having ever had enough to eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

The apothecary is equally dim inside, but very well organized; the walls are set floor to ceiling with shelves, and carefully labelled jars of various dried herbs, powders, and liquids. 

A middle-aged woman sits behind a desk, wearing dark robes of a similar cut to the doctor who visited them, but with yellow trim. She stands and bows. "Ma'am?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has her note from the doctor and also a great deal of curiosity about all of the things in the apothecary!

Permalink Mark Unread

The woman reads the note and nods. "Ah, yes, a very standard remedy for travel-illness." She gets out a stool and retrieves a jar from a top shelf. "Twenty coppers," a glance at Carissa's fancy exotic clothing, "or if you've only got silver, I can give you back some coin. For you or the lad?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"For him." She hands over a silver.

Permalink Mark Unread

She leans in, lowers her voice. "You should know it'll make him feel worse before he feels better, his body needs to purge the illness. Also you might want to cover the taste with something sweet." 

Carissa is handed a small wax-sealed jar of some dark, viscous-looking liquid, and ten copper coins, and then the woman is happy to talk about the herbal remedies they have available! Some of them are grown specially in a greenhouse over at the College, they have more different herbs than anyone else in Predain! This one is skullwort, it helps with headaches - you can recognize that because the seed-pods are shaped a little like skulls...

Permalink Mark Unread

She is fascinated though highly suspicious of everything that shows up to Detect Poison, which includes the thing she's supposed to give Ma'ar. But - even if these people aren't very good at their art yet, it seems like an important art - she wishes she could ask Leareth what he knows about nonmagic disease control.

 

Eventually it's been long enough that it seems reasonable to circle back and see about their translated letter.

Permalink Mark Unread

The clerk has the letter ready! He shows it to her, next to his draft, so she can check it's the right length and everything. Does she want it put in a nice envelope with a proper wax seal on it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably but first can he read it back to her, she can understand the language they speak in Tantara even though she cannot write it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, yes, of course. He reads it out loud to her, a little bit haltingly and with some frowns about pronunciation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is enough to go off that she is no longer at 'using Tongues, speak the language spoken in Tantara', which isn't a thing Tongues can do, and instead is at 'using Tongues, speak that," which it can do. She thanks him and says she'll perhaps come back about the envelope, unless it's included in the silver she paid.

Permalink Mark Unread

He would include an ordinary cheap envelope in the silver but not a fancy one, it's up to her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll think about it and maybe come back later.

 

 

She heads out and back to the inn.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's getting close to sunset. Ma'ar follows and once he's back in their rooms, flops on the bed. "What was all that for?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can speak any language I want but I can't do 'I want to be speaking the language Urtho speaks', not if I don't actually know what language that is. Now I've heard it spoken and I can speak it to do a Sending. He might also speak the local language but I don't want to bet on it and I only have a couple more scrolls of Sending. Let's have a nice fancy dinner while we think about ...what to say... I get 25 words..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shortly later there's a knock on the door and the two of them are escorted to their dinner! It's in a big room with a high ceiling and actual-glass windows with gauzy curtains, and a long dining table which looks a bit silly set just for the two of them; at least the places have been set close together. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is immediately very overwhelmed, though he hides it well. For some reason he has two plates one on top of the other! And two different forks and three spoons! He was only just introduced to the concept of forks period!

Also there's watered wine in a decanter, which the girl serving them pours into a fancy cup for him too, and it tastes awful. The girl brings them soup in bowls, which she puts on top of the weird double plates. He has no idea which of his multiple options for eating-utensils he's supposed to use. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has no idea if the Chelish rules for utensils are the same and finds she doesn't much care. She compliments the soup.

She misses home, quite acutely. Urtho can maybe get them home. Assuming it exists and she hasn't just travelled in time. And if she has, well, that really sucks, but she can at least make it go better this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar copies whatever Carissa does with the utensils. The soup is good. The wine continues to taste awful but so do lots of things, it's fine. A second course is brought out, bread with generous amounts of butter and some green leaves tumbled together with sweet dried raisins and a sour sauce on it. And then fish, and potatoes. And then bread except when he tastes a bit it's SWEET bread.

At some point he has to stop trying to finish all the food they're serving on his plate and just taste it, but to his surprise no one seems mad about this. It's so overwhelming and also his head feels very weird now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It makes her steadily more homesick, even though this mostly isn't Chelish food, and even though she's been living in the palace for all of six months. Cheliax has - lots of stuff, even for people who aren't rich, compared to Predain. 

 

Young Leareth had wanted to fix it. Had ended up destroying everything. But hopefully - if she just warns Urtho...

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually dinner is over and they are escorted back to their room. Ma'ar is still feeling weird and giddy, and nearly trips over the top of the stairs when they're going up to their room and then giggles about it, catching onto Carissa's hand. Once they're back in the suite, he goes to the bed and flops on it and rolls around. It's so soft

...He remembers that they have work to do, though. "We should decide the message," he says. He doesn't really have any ideas right now. He's too full to have thoughts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." She smiles at him. "I'm thinking 'arrived via powerful magic from more than thirty years in future, urgent message for you. In capital of Predain. Pickup appreciated.'"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess maybe the rest is too complicated to explain in twenty-five words. Where you know him from the future and you also have a different kind of magic from ours, and god magic from another world but not right now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Ideally I would explain more of that but I'm worried it'll be too complicated. He'll at least hopefully notice the Sending is different than mage communication-spells. ...maybe I'll add 'communication magic limited'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Will he have any way to answer you - to say whether he's going to do a Gate and where he would put it? I guess you could tell him where we're staying but if he hasn't been the city then maybe he won't know it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Unless he's very good at Gates the person doing one will have to have been here. I can hear his response but I suppose he won't know that - unless he can see it right away from the spell-structure, which . Hmmm. Maybe 'arrived from more than thirty years in future, urgent message for you, at Pig's Ear in Anrod, Predain, appreciate pickup. Communication magic limited, reply aloud."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar listens closely, mouthing along, and then nods. "I think that sounds good," he says uncertainly. Carissa is probably better at this than he is and shouldn't listen to him anyway. "Are you going to want me to pretend to be - Allereth? With him too?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. If you are - the person I think you are - you are supposed to be close to Urtho and learn from him and I think it'll mess things up if you have to pretend anything, and it wouldn't be fair to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar looks confused again, but nods. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The other thing that I'm going to tell Urtho, so I should tell you now as well, is that in about thirty years much of the world is destroyed in a magic accident called the Cataclysm that Urtho accidentally kicked off. He didn't mean to and I am optimistic that if he is warned not to that'll be enough to prevent it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar goes still. He looks upset and confused, and says nothing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She gives him some time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually Ma'ar takes a few deep breaths. "Are you going to do the message to Urtho now?" He's not sure why it feels like a rush. It might not even be the right decision. But - he's a lot more scared than he was a few minutes ago. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so, yeah. We're not in a hurry but we're not waiting for more information, so."

 

She pulls out a scroll and does the Sending. "arrived from more than thirty years in future, urgent message for you, at Pig's Ear in Anrod, Predain, appreciate pickup. Communication magic limited, reply aloud."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nearly eight hundred miles away, a man stops dead in the middle of a lesson he's tutoring, raises a hand for silence. Stares into nothing, all of his Othersenses suddenly engaged. 

He doesn't recognize the magic at all, and he wants to grab the spell and shake it until answers fall out - he's not sure he's ever felt such a sudden intense rush of curiosity in his entire life, and that's saying quite something. 

- he doesn't know how long it'll last and needs to reply now, even though he would desperately prefer five minutes to think and to summon some of his senior mages.

"Await a Gate tomorrow at dawn." He doesn't have the faintest idea what Anrod's geography looks like; he hasn't been himself; he's pretty sure at least one of his Adept mages will have, some are from Predain and it's a major city, and Predain was a much more appealing destination for visitors a few decades ago. But that doesn't mean they'll know a particular inn, especially not if they last saw the place in their teens. There's only one landmark he knows of off the top of his head. "College of Chirurgeons. Main entrance." Hopefully 'main entrance' actually specifies something clearly, if not there'll be guesswork on both sides. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - tomorrow morning," she says to Ma'ar. "Gate for us tomorrow morning at the College of Chirurgeons."

Permalink Mark Unread

He grins. Nervously. "Oh. That's - good."

 

 

 

After a long pause: "- Can I have a hug." It's probably not rude to ask, she offered the first time and seems to like hugging him, and it's sort of silly for it to help, especially when he's trying to remember that he doesn't know whether to trust her yet, but Ma'ar has decided hugs are nice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He leans into it, not saying anything but slowly relaxing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you'll like learning magic from Urtho. My impression is that he loves it, and he loves his students."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmmhmm." Ma'ar doesn't know how to parse that claim or what predictions it makes, so he doesn't say anything else. He's slowly falling asleep anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Her heart is pounding way too much to be tired but she can hold him while he falls asleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's been an incredibly eventful day and this doesn't take him long. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Once he's sleeping she paces. 

 

Urtho's coming to get them. This is safer and saner than trying to ride south for weeks. She should probably basically plan on telling Urtho the truth. The only downside she can think of is that she might be really wrong about his character or he might have changed a lot in thirty years, but - you don't have to be a saint to not want to destroy the world accidentally. 

She could tell Urtho almost everything but just say she doesn't know which student he fought with. So as not to prejudice Ma'ar's relationship with Urtho, which is probably important for Ma'ar growing up to be Leareth. Urtho will presumably suspect, though, if she says anything at all of what little she knows of the war. 

She should've asked Leareth more about his history but there was so much of it, and it felt like none of her business. She knows so little. She doesn't know what the Cataclysm actually was, or what specifically caused it. She knows Urtho had superweapons in his Tower but he might not have them, yet. And she doesn't know anything about Urtho personally, or about what Tantara is like for women -

 

- doesn't matter. As long as she and Ma'ar are both alive, they can figure this out. And she's pretty confident Urtho's not a secret serial murderer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar's dreams are a tangle of strange things and places, big houses with endless stairs, servants in bizarre clothes who pour infinite soap into baths for him, bowls inside bowls inside bowls with too many spoons. Magic turning his clothes into birds that fly away. Magic turning the sky red. 

Magic tearing the earth apart under him, and he falls into a bottomless crack of glowing angry fire...

He snaps awake in the darkness, holds still and extends his fledging Thoughtsensing as well as his mage-senses. He can't read Carissa but he can feel her, and also all the magic jewelry she wears is like a beacon-fire. Each time he reassures himself that she's still there and very scary and dangerous and it's convenient for her if he's alive, and then he goes back to sleep. 

- He jolts awake again to grey light, scrambles up, runs to the window and pulls apart the blinds. He's not sure how long until dawn but he really doesn't want them to miss their Gate. "Carissa!" he hisses. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- god, stupid pregnancy or whatever it is, it used to be nearly impossible for her to oversleep - 

" - thank you. Let's go - do you have your dagger -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I do. Are you just going to sneak out and leave your ring - what if they see us...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are going to walk out the front door like we are entirely entitled to do that, they don't have any way of guessing we're leaving the country. I might prevail on Urtho for money to come settle up this afternoon, depending how we get along with him and how far the Gate is. If not they'll keep the ring and the matron can retire fabulously wealthy, I think she has enough sense to get a good price for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, it would be stupid for her to lie to him about that. He takes her hand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they walk out of the inn and over towards the College of Chirurgeons. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very early and most of the city is asleep, except for some night sentries or guards at the wrought-iron gates to the campus itself, who stop Carissa and demand to know her business and if she's a student or visitor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm awaiting a Gate at the main entrance." Also casting Charm Person.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's surprising, they've heard of Gates of course, but even the King doesn't have enough trained Adept mages to afford many of them. She looks rich, though, dressed all fancy-like. Foreign. Maybe she really can afford to have herself Gated around. 

"Ah," one of them says knowingly, as though this happens all the time. "That'll be five coppers, ma'am. Fee for the weatherworking." He's lying through his teeth about this, neither the city nor the college have any Gate-related protocols, but his second cousin is a mage and complained to no end about the weatherwork from the one time the King wanted a Gate for a diplomatic trip to one of the border holdings. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you could use some rain, really." But she counts out the change from the apothecary.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards accept this. One of them is ogling her breasts.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar hangs onto her hand. "I don't like them," he whispers, once they're far enough along the path to be out of earshot. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because they lied? The staring was my fault, I Charmed them. The lying was his own fault, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not just that. The other one was thinking you looked - tasty?" He's very confused about whether this is a metaphor or literal and if it's a metaphor what it even means. "And wondering if anyone'd see if he - tried to grab you... He decided I'd probably make too much of a fuss and also - that women who've had babies are, I don't even know what, he was thinking of it sort of like - spoiled food or something, but that doesn't make sense -" Ma'ar is looking very disturbed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Possibly there were downsides to the plan of telling the thirteen year old to mindread everybody. "They were thinking about sex. In cities being a woman dressed like this and Charming people and expecting them not to think that is like ...being rich and having horses and no weapons and expecting there not to be any bandits. Both in the sense that in places with the rule of law there won't be, and everyone has a choice about whether to be a bandit, and also in the sense that there totally absolutely will be bandits, here in Predain, until we fix it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is still dubious that you could get the 'rule of law' that good, but maybe it's easier with the kind of magic they have in the other world and also gods like theirs, and it's not really the point. 

"I had a plan for if they tried," he hisses. "I was going to lightning bolt zap them. I can do it a lot harder than I did with the cows, it just makes me tired faster, and I'm faster than them. And then if they chased us anyway I would've thrown fireballs at their faces, but I was scared we might get in trouble for murdering people who work for the King, if they caught us before we could get to the Gate, so that it'd be better to just scare them. I wonder if that's the main entrance."

He's pointing at a wide, majestic set of stone steps leading up to three sets of tall carved doors, with elaborate words carved into the stone lintel, marking this as the hall of the College of Chirurgeons. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It looks promising." She squeezes his hand. "It's better not to murder people even when we won't get in trouble for it, because then they'll be dead, and it's better if people are not dead. But I'm proud of you for having a plan to defend us if you needed to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think a fireball I can do would kill an adult anyway but I - haven't tested it - so I wasn't sure."

It feels nice, that she's proud of him. He's not sure what exactly that caches out to, but Father said it to him once when he first did magic, and also the first time he captured a cow from the other clan, and Mother said it when he broke up a fight between some other children. Mother always hated fights.

He blinks away tears and thinks about something else. The doors are interesting to look at. They must've been so much work to make, though. He wonders how they were made, they're wood but trees aren't that big, so they must be lots of pieces glued together somehow, but the seams are cleverly hidden by paint...

The sun peeks above the horizon, sending pale rays slanting across the grass. Dewdrops sparkle.

A few minutes after sunrise proper - Anrod is significantly north of Ka'venusho, and in summer the days are longer - the leftmost doorway begins to glow. Ma'ar's eyes go wide. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She tugs him over towards it. "Gates are tiring to hold, especially if it's a long way, and I don't know how long this is. We'll want to go through right away."

Permalink Mark Unread

Breathing a little fast, he runs up the stairs with her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a skillfully done Gate, but not nearly as fast as Leareth's work. 

Within twenty seconds of the first glow, though, the threshold suddenly clears. A man in simple robes, with brown skin and long white-streaked black hair in a braid, is standing on the other side and peering through warily at them. 

"Are you the one who sent the message?" he says, in the same Tantaran language she had the letter written in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I'm Carissa Sevar."

Permalink Mark Unread

He still looks wary, but nods to her. "Well, come across." His eyes flash to Ma'ar. "Who's the lad." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kiyamvir Ma'ar. He's local and a mage and was stuck herding cows, it seemed very unfair." And she hurries through the Gate with him.

Permalink Mark Unread

The man does not dawdle at taking the Gate down; he does it skillfully and only takes about three times as long as Urtho would, and he's very focused during it. 

"Well," he says when he's done, looking at them, "I cannot say I understand what brings you here, but - welcome to Ka'venusho. I am Snowstar k'Chona, Adept mage of the Kaled'a'in people. I work with Urtho." 

They're standing in a vast stone courtyard. There are potted citrus fruit trees nearby, a fountain - this time spotless - and a stone bench with a tastefully ivy-draped awning of woven branches over it. The air is balmy, less dry than in Predain, the sky a softer blue with fluffy clouds. 

Visible past the courtyard is a path, paved with large smooth flagstones that must weigh a thousand pounds each. And then, probably a mile away but still feeling almost close enough to touch, is Urtho's Tower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar cranes his neck back, looking. It's so tall! It has multiple spires, gracefully curved, and they go up and up and up. 

The air is practically crackling with ambient magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - wow," she says. "Thank you. It's beautiful. I can explain what brought me here - but it is a long, complicated story."

Permalink Mark Unread

Snowstar smiles a little. "It must be. Come with me." He beckons for them to follow, and then turns and starts marching down the path. "Urtho is in his study. He was not sure you would show up for the Gate, or if it was some sort of trick, but I expect he will be very interested in speaking to you."

The path has flowerbeds on either side of it. Currently they're being tended by a couple of lizards, about as tall as Ma'ar and with large domed heads and brightly coloured scales, chattering away to each other in a different language which Carissa can of course understand anyway. They seem to be gossiping about how two young mage-students are being terribly oblivious to their romantic interest in each other, and scheming needs to happen in order to set them right. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar's eyes are huge. He can barely tear his eyes off one thing to look at all the other fascinating sights, and the sheer quantity of magic around him is exhilarating.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwwwwwww.

She's seen places that are as magical, but not any that are as orchestrated; this is all Urtho's territory and he can make sure it doesn't get too crowded or too smelly or too tasteless, while even Absalom - even Aktun - are places where people can have different design visions than their neighbors. This is something else.

And - you can't judge people by their flowerbeds but it doesn't have the air of a place where people who come in peace are in danger. She does suddenly wish she'd disguised her clothes more conservative but that's probably mostly the encounter with the guards at the gate talking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They pass some students in uniforms at a crossroads with another path; the students are talking over each other excitedly about some exam they seem to have all just passed, and pause for a moment to look curious at the newcomers and then wave cheerfully. 

A shadow moves overhead; in the air, some large winged creature - not a bird, it's much too big and also visibly has the hindquarters of something more like a lion. It lands, preens with an alarmingly large beak, and then says something in a faintly sibilant but perfectly understandable voice to the gardeners. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is starting to feel like his eyes are going to fall out of his head! 

Permalink Mark Unread

It can't have been set up to impress them, or if it was, that's nearly as impressive as it being real.

 

 

 

So much lost so stupidly -

She keeps walking. Smiles at Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snowstar glances back at them every so often, and smiles more when he sees Ma'ar's reaction to his surroundings. 

The path leads all the way up to an entrance to the Tower itself, an archway with a pair of doors that seem really excessively huge. And apparently open by magic; there's a crystal knob set each of them, and when Snowstar waves a hand and chants some words that are incomprehensible to Ma'ar but to Carissa sound like 'open, half', one of the doors swings open on oiled, silent hinges. 

Inside is an echoing, high-ceilinged room with a floor of polished, pink-veined marble flagstones, except for a square-ring in the middle which has some sort of abstract mosaic, and surrounds the base of a spiral staircase that leads up to multiple sets of balconies around the inside of the room, doors branching off from three sides and windows studding the fourth side. There are crystal globes everywhere, some faintly glowing, but they're hardly necessary right now given the number of windows. 

They don't use the staircase, though; instead Snowstar points them to a smaller door, which leads into a much more normal-sized and ordinary-feeling corridor. It's also lit, reasonably well, by crystal globes set into wall-sconces in place of candles or torches. The walls and ceiling are stone slabs, well-finished and with very neat mortar but not polished or decorated; the floor is presumably also stone but has a sturdy knotwork rug over it, muffling their footsteps. 

Snowstar unlocks a door, apparently with magic rather than a key, and leads them up a narrow stone staircase to another corridor, and then deeper into the Tower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's all incredible, but also Ma'ar has never been inside this much building, and finds that he's a little claustrophobic. Also his magic-sense almost hurts from looking at everything, it's so bright. He squeezes Carissa's hand tightly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa mostly feels very effectively and successfully intimidated, which is what you'd expect if you send a cryptic message to the most powerful mage in the world. She squeezes Ma'ar's hand back. It's still possible that she could just Dimension Door out of here with him, they won't know how to shield against her magic, but she doesn't particularly expect it. They chose this. Hopefully they chose right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snowstar leads them up to a quite normal-looking plain oak door, and knocks. 

There are footsteps inside. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho thirty years before the Cataclysm hardly looks different from resurrected Urtho at Leareth and Carissa's wedding. Maybe the worry lines on his forehead and around his mouth aren't quite as deep. His long narrow face looks like one that smiles a lot, twinkling blue eyes above a beaky nose, silver hair falling past his shoulders. 

"So, you were telling the truth, at least in part," he says. He sounds cheerful, friendly. "I'd better invite you in. Thank you, Snowstar, you can go back to your class now." 

His office is spacious, with an enormous oak desk and another long table for his books, plus bookshelves floor to ceiling. It's also a huge mess. Every surface, including the spare armchairs except the one he must've been sitting in moments ago that has a steaming cup next to it, is covered in papers, books held open with random objects or other books, at least a hundred assorted magic artifacts flung down carelessly and haphazardly. 

Urtho blinks at the chair arrangement, as though noticing that it's problematic but not quite clear on why, and then gives them a sheepish look and starts clearing papers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- she translates for Ma'ar, for lack of anything better to do, and waits.

Permalink Mark Unread

He gets two armchairs cleared for them, offers them a seat. "Tea? I made a pot just a few minutes ago - I think - maybe it was an hour ago but I can heat it up again." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

The tea is definitely more than a few minutes old, but not too badly oversteeped, and Urtho hums to himself as he reheats it with a bit of magic and pours two cups, asks if they take milk or sugar - his milk is in a jug inside a very magic small cabinet, which wafts out cold air - and brings the cups over. Sits. 

"So. I have a feeling that I got a tiny fraction of your story in your message - fascinating spell, by the way, never seen anything like it - and that the rest of the tale is even more interesting. Tell me more?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Deep breath. 

"There are other worlds. I don't know how much you've studied the stars, but they're suns, like yours, and some of them have worlds around them, like yours does. And I have a general sense of how much you've studied the planes but there are other planes your world hasn't discovered, even farther away, and some of them have worlds in them too. I'm from another world. It's called Golarion. We have magic, but it works differently. We don't have Gifts. The best teacher I had explained it to me as - the underlying landscape of mage-energies has a lot of structure, and what we do is we found all these stable points in the structure and we call those spells. One of the simplest ones gives us the ability to see mage-energies, and then from there we can prepare spells - we have to set up this elaborate scaffold to be able to manipulate mage-energies at all, and then we pin the spell into place on the scaffold, and can cast it later when we need it. It is mostly worse than being mage-gifted but anyone can do it. I can show you, if you'd like.

Mostly our way is worse than yours. But there are a couple areas where it affords more flexibility. The underlying landscape of mage-energies has structure, like I said, and that means it can do information you don't have. I'm using a translation spell, right now. We can fly, we can turn into animals, our illusions require substantial expertise but not as much as your illusions do, there is a relatively simple illusion spell that makes it look like duplicates of you are running off in three directions and you don't have to do the detail-work..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is staring at her intently; every few seconds he frantically scrawls something down on a pad of paper he has next to him. His tea is completely forgotten.

"May I see one of these spells cast?" he says when she stops speaking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is huddled in his armchair, trying to be unobtrusive. He's not scared-scared but he is overwhelmed, and Urtho is noticeably incredibly powerful, he feels different, and there are a hundred sources of magic in his room. It's - a lot. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Poor kid. She tries to smile at him periodically. 

She casts Prestidigitation and turns her tea blue and warms it up and makes it taste like tea from home.

Permalink Mark Unread

She has Urtho's rapt attention. "Incredible. And how did you come to be in Predain?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- it's a very long story. So firstly, the country I live in was ruled by an evil god. Golarion's gods are, uh, they vary more and the dimensions they vary on are more relevant to humans, some of them are Good and some are Evil. Asmodeus ruled Cheliax and He taught that humans having free will was a mistake and that our true purpose was servitude to Asmodeus. When you die in our world, if you're evil, you go to Hell, Asmodeus's afterlife, where He tortures you until you are obedient to Him, and Cheliax was arranged so that everybody would be evil, we were encouraged to do evil things all the time and so on.

 

And one day a man from Velgarth showed up with an army and conquered Cheliax. His name was Leareth. He was a powerful immortal mage who had assembled his army in Velgarth, for a mission of his there, but then he heard about Cheliax and dropped all of that to fight Asmodeus and fight Hell. I, uh, got to know him, after the war, and I learned a little bit more about Velgarth from him. But, uh, one of the things I learned from him was that much of the continent is a wasteland of distorted magic, caused by a catastrophe that happened two thousand years ago, when extraordinarily powerful magic weapons were used in a war between two great mages."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho has a very expressive face, and he's expressed a dozen variants on shock and horror and dismay by the end. 

"Do you," he clears his throat, licks his lips, "do you - know how long that - would be in our future? The year? I'm - obviously it hasn't happened yet, and you must be coming to me to stop it, just, I can't think of who would -"

His jaw goes slack. His face is very much the face of someone who's just made the connection that he has extraordinarily powerful magic weapons hidden away in his basement and that this is plausibly related to Carissa's tale. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You and Leareth. The immortal one who invaded Cheliax. It - I think it can be avoided, I think it was a misunderstanding. He scared you, because he was ambitious, because he was the kind of person who has an army and conquers Cheliax, but - Cheliax needed to be conquered - he never went after Tantara."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho looks unhappy about this. "I would be alarmed by that. Mages are - we are dangerous enough with just our magic, and - it is such an easy path to go down, to feel we know better - that we are better than others, because we are powerful. Conquering kingdoms as well is a risky road. But - if he did not go after Tantara then I am unsure how we would have ended up fighting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know very many details. I wish I'd asked him. And I don't know the year. But - I know in the future you regretted it - he, uh, resurrected you, our gods can resurrect people, you made me this -" She shows the bracelet.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did I really." For a moment his eyes light up again, some of the horror exchanged for curiosity. "May I see it for a moment?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course." She takes it off. "It was a wedding present, my husband has the other one, and he's a mage, and can shield me through it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, fascinating." He turns it over in his hands, eyes going unfocused. Blinks a few times. "It is a very odd tale you are telling me, but this certainly does look like my own work." 

He hands the bracelet back, and his eyes dart to Ma'ar. He smiles at him. "And the child? Where does he come in - is he yours?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When I was pulled through to this world by a powerful mage from mine - she didn't explain what she'd done or why, I only have guesses - he was nearby. He's a mage. He's orphaned. He was herding cattle in Predain. He wanted to come with me. You - have a school, right -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do, yes." He leans forward in his chair, reaches for Ma'ar's forehead. "May I look -?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar startles and shrinks back in the armchair. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho stops, withdraws his hand and looks uncertainly at Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can translate for you. What do you want to look at?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"To check for Gifts. It will not hurt. I did not mean to surprise him. He seems very jumpy - has he been like that since you found him?" Urtho seems concerned. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"His parents are dead and the cattle herders are constantly raiding each other because there's a drought and people tried to kill us on the way to Antho. I think he - doesn't expect strangers to be good news, really, not much. I bet it'll get better with time."

"He wants to check for Gifts," she says to Ma'ar. "So you can go to the school here."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, warily, and then makes eye contact with Urtho. He's forcing himself not to reach for the hilt of his dagger, because drawing attention to your magic weapon in front of a much more powerful mage is a terrible idea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho smiles warmly at him, smile-lines fanning from the corners of his eyes. Slowly, without any sudden movements, he reaches out again, and rests his fingers lightly on Ma'ar's head, closing his eyes. 

He stays like that for a couple of minutes, then sits back, smiling more widely. "Mage-gift, like you said. Adept-potential, though he's not all the way there yet, and moderate Mindspeech. A fine set of Gifts to have." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa translates. "Adept potential means you can use nodes - once you're grown and trained, that is - and you'll be able to Gate and do things like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." He glances at Urtho, then at Carissa, and smiles the widest that she's seen so far. "He'll let me go to the school?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He says, 'he'll let me go to the school?'"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course! I'd be delighted to have you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She translates that, in case his face doesn't give it away.

Permalink Mark Unread

He grins and bounces and then tumbles over from his chair and hugs her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no he's so precious. 

 

She should probably at some point tell both of them but - she thinks this part is important to making a Leareth, and maybe Urtho won't do it - or will be too obsessed with teaching him caution - if he knows.

She hugs him back and beams at Urtho. "Is there somewhere we can stay? My world's people will be trying to find me, but I assume if it were straightforward they'd have already done it - I can teach my kind of magic, and he can go to school -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course!" He rubs his hands together. "Let me call someone for you. We have dorms for the youngsters, but if he's not used to strangers - and is used to you, and you're staying - then I think I'd better set you up with some private rooms. We should have lots of extras. Hmm - are you nervous about heights? I know we have some unused rooms up on the fifth level, we had them furnished for a diplomatic visit from Acabel and only use them occasionally since." He makes a self-conscious face. "Honestly this tower is bigger than I need. I figured we'd grow into it, and - well, no one's ever built anything as tall, I wanted to see if the design would work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's really lovely. I don't mind heights. Maybe once he's adjusted and learned the language he'll want to live in the dorms but I think it'd be better if he can adjust gradually."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Makes sense to me." Urtho smiles at Ma'ar again, and then stands and tugs a tasseled rope hanging by his bookcase. "It'll be just a moment." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Indeed, just a moment later the door opens, and one of the lizard-creatures pokes its head in. "Yes, Master Urtho?" it says in a piping voice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gesten! These are our honoured guests. Please find them a room - I thought perhaps the row on the fifth floor, from the diplomats..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You mean the sixth, I think. Yes, of course, Master Urtho." The creature bows to Carissa and Ma'ar. "I am Gesten, at your service. Follow me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do that. "He has guest rooms for us," she tells Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." Ma'ar takes her hand again and holds on tightly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Gesten leads them back to the stairs, and then they go up. And up. And up. There are so many stairs, and Ma'ar is very out of breath by the time they reach the sixth floor, though the little lizard bounds up with no difficulty. 

They follow the sixth-floor corridor, and Gesten pauses, looking thoughtful. "Hmm. I will show you the Jade Room, but do tell me if it is not to your liking, and I can show you others." He gets out an impressively large key-ring, jangling with many keys, and unlocks the oak door. 

The little apartment has a main parlour with floor-to-ceiling glass windows, looking out on an expanse of gardens and buildings and paths in the vicinity of the Tower. There's a sofa and armchair, currently covered in canvas, and an empty bookshelf.

Gesten putters around, opening several doors. "To the bedrooms, there are two, this one has a window. And over here is the bathroom, and you would have a little kitchen for yourselves... What do you think? I do apologize that it's not set up yet, very embarrassing, but Master Urtho did not exactly give me any warning he had honoured visitors! Tut tut." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He did not have much warning himself! I think this will do nicely."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Excellent, excellent!" Gesten turns and pulls the canvas covers off the sofa. "Now, you two have a seat. I will call my friends and we will get this place ready for you, but you should just sit and enjoy yourselves!" 

He pulls another bell-cord, though nothing audible happens in the room itself; indeed, within a couple of minutes, half a dozen more of the little lizard-creatures are swarming through the apartment, carrying bed-linens and kitchenware, stocking their magic-cold-box with food. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar sits very close to Carissa and stares in amazement. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits down and extends her arms in case he wants a hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

He would like a hug! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "I know it's overwhelming."

Permalink Mark Unread

He leans on her shoulder. "It's really nice! It's just - a lot of nice. And everything is so magic." He rubs his head. "Can you see it or do you have to cast a special spell to do that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have to cast a special spell to do that. I haven't cast it yet, I'm distracted enough anyway. He has - something beautiful, here. I hope we can make sure it's not destroyed."

Permalink Mark Unread

He had almost forgotten and now he's scared again. He shivers and curls up against Carissa. "I don't - but what if we can't stop it," he says plaintively. "What if it it happens and I'm - not strong enough, yet..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then we'll leave ourselves notes, somewhere far away where they'll survive it, and we'll get reincarnated and we'll still be us and know that we would have done that, and we'll find them and pick up where we left off."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I thought you didn't remember anything if you got reincarnated." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't. So we'd need it to be in our notes. We'd need to be the kind of people who will go search the reaches of the world for notes we left, even if we don't know if we've ever lived before. But I think we are."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar looks confused and upset and hopeful all at the same time. "...Now I'm worried, what if I left notes before, and I should - go look for them, because I've forgotten... But probably I should do that after I learn how to use my magic. And - we should try very hard to find a way to be immortal, before we get old or before - anything else happens - a better way, where we remember..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. That's right. That is the right order of operations. We'll go look for notes you might've left once you can Gate to places you haven't been, which will be years even if you study very hard and I make you a headband. And we'll figure out how to prevent the war, and we'll invent immortality."

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't know if she's telling the truth, of course. Ma'ar has to keep reminding himself of that - that words are cheap, words are easy, anyone can say words... 

But she doesn't have to say these particular words, to get him to stay with her and try very hard to learn magic. He would do that anyway. 

And - he isn't sure, the shape of it is still vague in his head, but - it feels like maybe a person wouldn't even be able to think of those words, wouldn't even be able to hold the concepts behind them in their mind, unless they understood it, deep in their blood and bone. And he's not sure that understanding it and meaning it are any different, because...just...how could a person deeply understand that the world is bad and needs to be fixed and can be fixed but no one is strong enough to do it, yet, so they need to be the people who are - he doesn't see how a person could see and understand that and not automatically be it, just because they're the right shape to notice it at all...

That's the problem, he finds himself thinking, that's why no one else from clan Kiyam has fixed it yet. Because they take the world as it is, and try to live the best they can within its bounds, and as soon as you realize that the walls are just - accidents of history - then how can you not want to shatter them and built something better... 

Something like this tower.

He wonders whether Urtho understands. He couldn't read Urtho's mind; Urtho was very good at shielding, apparently; but if he built a tower like this...

"We'll do that," he says quietly. "And - maybe the king from your world will find us first, right? Either of them, the one from - this world in the future - or the other one who was a god... Because they're very clever." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Maybe they'll find us. ...I should ask Urtho. If people here have healing gifts. And if he'll loan me fourteen silver, so I can have my wedding ring back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, right. He seems - nice. So I guess it depends how much a Gate costs for him, because it's far away." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I think if the Gate is not too far and the mage who cast it is strong he'll probably agree, and if not he probably won't, and the silver won't matter either way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Aren't you going to be sad if you don't get to have your wedding ring back." Ma'ar has only the vaguest idea of what 'marriage' means, other than a man and a woman having children together, but from the thoughts he's read, people feel like it's very important. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will be sad about it but I don't expect Urtho to go well out of his way over that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...That's true." He squeezes her hand and hopes vaguely that it turns out the Gate is very easy for Urtho to do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi finish their work, and Gesten bows elaborately and wishes them well with everything, and gives Carissa a key to their room, and then leaves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She puts up an Alarm spell because it'll make her feel better, and investigates the bath situation since she never did get one at the other place.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a tub! It's large and made of shiny brass and has a knob with a different knob above it to control the water temperature. If she asks, Ma'ar will be able to confirm that it is very magical. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It must be! This is incredible. The palace in Cheliax isn't this fancy. 

 

She takes a bath and Prestidigitates her clothes clean.

Permalink Mark Unread

The water is the exact temperature that she chooses on the water-temperature knob and it keeps coming as much as she wants! (Except, if she risks overflowing the tub, it's clever enough to stop.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar has decision paralysis between the two bedrooms and falls asleep on the sofa in the parlour. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's so cute!!! She is unsure whether this is a pregnant woman opinion, it just seems like a correct opinion.

 

When she's done in the bath she pokes her head out to see if she can get a servant's attention to convey her question to Urtho.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not obvious whether the hertasi servants are, like, watching the hallway or something, but within thirty seconds one of them answers. "Yes, madam?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wanted to ask a favor of Urtho, if I may, or of whoever handles requests for him. When I arrived in Predain I gave up my wedding ring as collateral for a loan of fourteen silver so I could feed Ma'ar and myself while we figured out how best to contact Urtho. I don't know how much trouble the Gate was, but if it wasn't too much, and he'd be willing to loan me the money, I would like to get it back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! You came from - Anrod, yes, the College of Chirurgeons, but you said in your message that you were staying at the -" pause, the hertasi sniffs at the air suspiciously, "the 'Pig's Ear', surely that is not the real name of an inn...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was the name of the inn! It was a lovely inn, and a fancy one because I thought a fancy inn was likelier than a pawn shop to give the ring back if I ever could repay them."

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi doesn't even blink. "I will convey your request to Urtho and return within the hour with his answer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

She'll go back in her room and examine everything with Detect Magic, in the meantime.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a lot of magic shielding on the walls and the tower itself, which bears a vague resemblance to the kinds of shields Leareth would build 2000 years later. The room has a spell on it which, on examination, seems made to keep it at a consistent temperature. The wardrobe has a durability spell on it. There's a magic way to lock the door to the bedroom separately but it's a Velgarth spell. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- wow. It's beautiful and it's so complicated and she can easily burn an hour trying to make sense of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The magic lock in particular is complicated but not absurdly so. Aroden could probably figure out a Golarion arcane magic spell to work it within a day. Carissa almost certainly cannot.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is not Aroden. If she were, all of the problems here would've been solved inside five minutes. She can lock her door with her own magic, though, this is mostly for fun and to distract her while she waits to hear about her wedding ring.

Permalink Mark Unread

Within about ninety minutes there is a knock on the door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes and gets it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The same hertasi is back. And holding out her wedding ring. "Urtho commends you on your determination in finding your way to his Tower." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - wow. Thank you. Um, was the lady at the inn compensated?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Of course, Urtho was not going to steal it from her." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I apologize, if it was a rude question."

Permalink Mark Unread

He seems nonplussed at the concept that anything would be a rude question. "Do you need anything else right now?" 

(Ma'ar wakes to the voices at the door, and sits up, yawning.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was curious if you have people here with Healing Gifts."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, yes, of course. Do you require a Healer's services?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would appreciate it, if it's convenient." She has no idea whether she is spending invisible credit or has a large stipend of invisible credit or what and obviously powerful mages can do whatever they'd like but it's VERY STRESSFUL. She's not going to mindread Urtho's servants but she's not above asking Ma'ar whether he did, he'll presumably get in less trouble for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar was totally reading the hertasi's mind and will happily tell her about it once they're alone. "He was wondering where your husband was and whether he's - handsome? And if you're pregnant? And if I'm your son with the same husband but he didn't seem fussed what the answer to that was." 

Permalink Mark Unread

What a bizarre thing to fixate on. "Huh. I'm going to check with a Healer soon, about the pregnant question."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, yawning again. "They've heard of Healers here, then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Apparently. They might know a lot less than they will know two thousand years in the future but...honestly, they might not know a lot less. A lot is lost in the Cataclysm."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. Shivers a little. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We should start practicing the language. You'll need it for school."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "I didn't like not understand what Urtho was saying. Does your translation magic mean you can just teach me, even though you didn't learn it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should be able to talk to you in his language and then tell you what I said in yours. It'll all sound the same to me but maybe it'll help you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. “Okay. ...Are you still going to teach me how to put talking down on paper. That seems important.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does but Tongues doesn't give me writing. I guess I have that letter I got translated, you can try to learn from that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. "It didn't have very many different words though. You could just teach me your language from back home?" He looks thoughtful. "And then no one here would be able to read anything I write down. I think I would like that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"-yeah, all right." And she will write down the Taldane alphabet for him and start teaching him her language until they're interrupted for a meal or a healer or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are interrupted by a polite knock on the door about an hour later. "You asked for a Healer?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- yes. Thank you for coming."

Permalink Mark Unread

The young man steps in, smiles brightly at her. "Healer Tamsin, ma'am. What may I help you with?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to know whether I am pregnant."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah." A brief pause. "May I?" He reaches for her hand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She offers it.

Permalink Mark Unread

His eyes go unfocused.

"Congratulations...?" he says after thirty seconds or so. "...Yes, you are pregnant." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Thank you. That's all I - no, I guess that's not all I wanted to know. How often do people die in childbirth in Tantara."

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her a startled look. "Very rarely? You look very healthy and so does the babe. If you're concerned - if your sisters have had difficulties or such - we can have a Healer attend closely during the pregnancy?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not very worried but it's how his mom died." She jerks her head at Ma'ar. "They didn't have Healing on hand, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." He winces. "Poor family?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. If I'm healthy I'm not worried, though." She should be much much harder to kill than a normal person anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You certainly look very healthy, ma'am." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. I don't have other questions."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, looks around uncertainly for a moment, then nods more briskly. "Please do feel free to call for me again if you have any troubles, ma'am." 

And he heads out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar, who didn't follow any of the conversation, is staring at Carissa, curious and worried. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits down next to him. 

 

"It sounds like I am expecting a baby. I know that's got to be - scary. If you are not comfortable with it, I still have the option to Polymorph it away." Almost definitely illegal, here, since this place has Good written all over it, but also they must lose pregnancies sometimes. "I think it's probably safe. They have good healing, and I have magic protections for my safety."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks at her for a long time. 

"I think...if you want to live forever...then you're not going to be stupid about that? And so if you think it's not stupid to have a baby here, then–" a long hesitation, "then I trust you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "I think it's pretty safe. And the baby will hopefully be a mage, I bet Iomedae and Abadar can nudge that, and smart, and maybe help us with our mission, if it takes long enough for him or her to grow up and join it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar notices that his shoulders are tense, and takes a deep breath, trying to relax on purpose. "That makes sense," he says, solemnly. "I think you should do the clever thing that will help with your plans." 

It's not like it's really about whether he's scared, after all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It also helps me with my plans for you to feel safe and feel like you are my priority and that won't change."

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe the smart thing for him to do would be to nod and agree, but... 

"Why? I - don't think it's going to change what I do, very much. If I believe that less or more." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it might. The thing you are trying to do is hard. If you have to invent how to do it all yourself from scratch I think it'll take you a long time, to get good at it. If you can trust someone to be really trying to help you succeed I think you''ll get better at it faster and make fewer mistakes and get more done."

Permalink Mark Unread

He thinks about that for a while in silence. 

It is hard. He can already guess that it's harder than he can actually imagine, right now. 

"- I think I mostly just need to know that you're clever, and - right, about things. And..." this part feels hardest to say, for some reason, "and want the same things that I do. And if that's true, then - I think that's the important part?" And he just has to make sure it also continues to be true that keeping him safe helps her get what she wants. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so. 

 

I think - if circumstances don't change before then - I would be all right with you reading my mind when you are done with your learning at Urtho's Tower, and ready to go back to Predain. I think that'll be a few years, at least. I wouldn't want you to rush it on account of this, this is the best place in the world to learn and you're going to need to learn. But when you're done I would be willing to let you do that, so that you can be more sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's - surprising. Maybe it shouldn't be; maybe being surprised over and over is a sign he's not understanding something that's right in front of his eyes. 

Ma'ar nods. "All right." It's a long time in the future and all sorts of things might happen and he'll know so much more, later, the later-Ma'ar will predictably be more right about things, but...he won't forget that offer. Just in case it does end up being relevant. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they can go back to reading and writing practice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar picks it up very quickly. 

Eventually he's distracted by the fading sunset, clearly and vividly visible through the enormous windows. The expanse of the Tower grounds below is littered with sparkling lights, almost like an echo of the stars beginning to appear in the darkening midnight blue bowl of sky. 

It feels like he's never seen so much sky before. Which is silly, of course, the stars are if anything more visible from the clan lands, flat and endless with almost no other light sources. 

But...the sky makes more sense, somehow, set alongside the whole context of Urtho's Tower. So many shining lights. Not nearly as many on the ground as there are in the sky, but... 

...but there could be. 

He always knew that the world was broken, but he had never quite been able to imagine what it would look like if it were whole. 

Everywhere could look like this. 

Ma'ar stands by the window, and his breath catches. He looks back at Carissa. Wonders if she sees it too. He hopes so, because he wants to share it, and he's nowhere near having the words to explain. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is not clear if she understands or not, but she puts a hand on his shoulder and watches with him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He wishes Father could have seen this. Which is a stupid thing to wish. He blinks away tears, tries to disguise it with a yawn. "Which bedroom do you want, I couldn't decide." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want us to sleep in separate rooms? I'll take the left one, I guess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I guess I didn't really want to, but they gave us two bedrooms and I thought that must be what rich people do when they have nice houses." Ma'ar has never slept alone in his entire life. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is often what rich people do when they have nice houses but being rich is supposed to be about having more options, not less."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "Then you should decide the thing you like best. I don't mind either way." This is not entirely true. He liked the hugs, and he's finding that he misses sleeping in a crowded tent with his clan. But he'll manage. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks at him skeptically. "Why don't you set up the other room so you can have a place to do homework or be alone if you need it, but you can sleep in mine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And we should ask where and how you attend classes."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, a bit nervously. "Can you tell me how - going to classes - usually works?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - well, in Cheliax under Hell, all children were required to go starting when they were five, and you sat in rows on benches and kept your hands on the benches unless you were called on, and got candy if you caught someone else taking their hands off the bench, and you practiced reading and writing and arithmetic, and they had tests every week and published the scores, and the children who got the best scores had to beat the children who got the worst scores with a switch, so they'd learn to try harder. And every few years they'd shuffle the children so you were around other children with about the same scores as you. And the best ones got to be wizards.

 

I don't know how it works here but I bet it's pretty different from that."

Permalink Mark Unread

That isn't exactly helpful in terms of knowing what to expect, but Ma'ar nods. Fidgets a bit. "What if the teachers think I'm very stupid. Because I can't read in Tantaran and don't speak it very well." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They might think that. I think the mindreading should help you with catching up, and lots of magic is shown, not explained."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar assumes he isn't the only student who can read minds, but he nods. And then yawns again. Maybe he should go to sleep, although come to think of it he's also hungry, he hasn't really eaten proper meals today. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can presumably step out into the hallway and find someone to ask about food?

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the little hertasi is right there, and very apologetic! She shows them the rope they can pull to call for someone anytime, if they don't want to go looking around the hallways, and for now of course they can bring food over, but do they know how to use their magic kitchen? The apartment comes with one and it should now be stocked with food. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They do not know how to use their magic kitchen, could she show them?

Permalink Mark Unread

She would be delighted! She bounces a bit in delight! 

Their magic kitchen has a cold-box for the perishable foods; right now they have fish and fresh milk and cream and some garden vegetables. Their cupboard has bread and eggs and spices and they can pick up other things they want at the market, which is held out in the square every morning. There's a square of magic stone that gets hot at a verbal command; they can cook fish or meat directly on it, or put a pot on top for soups. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do they buy things at the market or do they just take whatever they'd like, with Urtho making sure the farmers are treated fairly? (Did Urtho engineer a servitor race? She supposes that's a reasonable thing to do, really, if you're that powerful.)

Permalink Mark Unread

For students and guests of Urtho, food at the market is covered, he pays the farmers for it. Though if they want more exotic fruits or spices than the ones local to Tantara, they'll have to go to the public market on market-day. There's also a dining hall where the classrooms are, and many of the students eat there, but they only have one dish prepared for everyone at each meal and a lot of the families from far away prefer to cook the foods they eat at home. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. She thanks the hertasi. She isn't a spectacularly good cook or anything but she will put the meat and vegetables into a soup pot.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kitchen heating-stone is very easy to cook with, and Ma'ar isn't a picky eater. He kind of appreciates having some food that's simple and only requires one kind of spoon to eat, actually. He eats it while yawning and trying very hard not to fall asleep facefirst in his bowl. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should get some sleep so you're rested for school."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmmhmm." He gets up and wanders over to the bedroom they selected and flops facefirst on the bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And she will join him and cuddle him even though she's not yet tired and wait for him to fall asleep and then get started on a headband for him. ...wisdom first, she thinks. Velgarth mages use both but wisdom will help more with the non-magic challenges.

Permalink Mark Unread

Another of the little hertasi is back in the morning, a few minutes after Ma'ar is up. "New student, yes? Does he have uniforms and a schedule yet?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they should remedy that! Ma'ar can go with him and be lent some temporary student uniforms and fitted to have proper ones made to order for him, and then they'll figure out what classes he should start out in - introductory mage-classes, presumably, and what's his current education in reading and writing and mathematics like? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar can only catch a few words of this, and is giving Carissa an anxious look. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He doesn't speak the language yet and doesn't have any formal education."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. We do have classes for children in that situation - what language does he know? And perhaps you can come with us for the morning, and translate?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's from Predain. And I would be happy to do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah - I do not speak their tongue, I am afraid, but we do get some students from that region, we ought have a suitable class for him." The hertasi bobs his head at Ma'ar. "I am Loben. You can follow me." 

They're led down two flights of stairs to a spacious, busy workshop where several other children are being measured for student robes. The staff is a mix of human and hertasi; one woman is attempting supervising what seems to be a magical loom. Or maybe failing to do so; the threads are snarled and she looks very exasperated.

     "Loben, Master Urtho's experiment is broken again." 

The hertasi shakes his head. "Why am I not surprised." He peers in closer, nudges at the shuttle. "Misaligned again. I will come fix it for you in a moment." He turns back to Ma'ar and tugs him over to an unclaimed stool by a table, then beckons another of the hertasi over. "He is a new student. He will need the usual uniforms, and some temporary robes in the meantime." 

    The other hertasi nods and takes a measuring-tape from the pocket of her apron. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Why does it seem like every single person here wants to touch him all the time. Ma'ar holds himself rigidly still for it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can give you Tongues for the next hour, it'll wear off after that and it might confuse people if you suddenly stop understanding them but at least you'd understand them now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So she taps him with Tongues.

Permalink Mark Unread

It feels very odd to suddenly understand all the side conversations happening in the room, but it is better. 

Ma'ar is measured for his uniforms and handed two sets of robes to wear in the meantime, which are a bit too long on him but can be belted so he doesn't trip, and then he's led off by another hertasi to a different room on the same floor but the other side of the tower, where a clerk and half a dozen assistants are juggling scheduling for a lineup of students.

Ma'ar will have mage-classes every morning; he's too late for today's but can start tomorrow, here's a map of the Tower layout so he doesn't get lost; if he gets lost anyway he can ask anyone in the hall for help, it's very normal to find the Tower confusing at first, it's huge. He'll be put in the remedial class for children without previous formal education in the afternoons for now, with a teacher who speaks the language in Predain, and will decide if he should also have one-on-one tutoring for a bit and when he'll be ready for the standard introductory classes in history and mathematics and such. 

It's all VERY OVERWHELMING, and his Tongues wears off before the clerk is quite done explaining his schedule, but Ma'ar keeps his composure. He's getting used to everything being way too much all the time, and maybe it's better to get it all over with, so that by next week he knows everything there is to expect.

The clerk hands him off to another of the wandering hertasi - do they want to be shown to the student dining hall for lunch? 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds good, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

The dining hall is crowded and loud, full of children and young adults; the ages seem to range from twelve to early twenties, most of the students appear to be in their late teens. Ma'ar is among the smallest. They sit at long tables with their trays of food and talk, the conversations blending into an indistinct roar. A couple of hertasi in aprons are serving food from steaming tureens at one end while gossiping nonstop; today's meal appears to be a hearty soup with bread. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is too many people! Ma'ar has his Thoughtsensing as open as it goes, it was helping him follow the conversation once Tongues wore off and it also makes him feel safer that he'd know if anyone were thinking about hurting him. More of the students here shield their surface thoughts than among the general population, but it's still so many minds in one place and it makes him feel like his head is going to burst. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So schools are the same everywhere, at least in some ways, even if they are different in other ways like that students who are being punished aren't standing against the wall with no food. She pats Ma'ar on the shoulder and finds them a place to sit, though this won't really help with the overwhelm.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar sits hunched over his soup and eats and reads every unshielded mind. It's reassuring that none of the students are noticing or thinking about him at all. They're thinking about homework and drama with their friends and being annoyed at strict teachers and looking forward to playing games on their next break. None of them are thinking of themselves as in danger; most aren't even paying attention to their surroundings beyond the conversations, let alone on alert for threats. 

He can do this. It's exhausting and stressful right now but once he's used to it, it won't be as bad. And he's going to learn magic, and all sorts of other things, and Carissa is staying, and they're going to somehow stop Urtho's war from happening... 

It'll be all right. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She wants to give him a Lesser Restoration for the pick-me-up before afternoon classes but she has one of them ever again so she doesn't. She watches him eat and eats a bit herself though she doesn't need to and then tries to figure out where they're supposed to go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar's remedial class is in a room one floor down and around the other side of the Tower, but otherwise not too hard to find, the map is fairly clear. (To Carissa; Ma'ar is very unused to reading maps and is having trouble getting used to interpreting the stylized lines and symbols as corresponding to hallways and doors and stairs.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are half a dozen children already there, with almost half a dozen visibly different ethnicities represented. 

The teacher is a young woman who can't be more than fifteen or sixteen; she's tall and spindly, and has her chestnut-brown hair cut in a very odd style, very short on the sides and a bit longer in front and on top of her head so it stands up like a crest, with some hair left long at the back and twined into a braid. She's wearing a bright mustard-yellow gown with a high neck in front but a deep scoop in back, with cutouts leaving her slender shoulders bare.

She turns and beams at the two of them. "I'm Lady Cinnabar," she says, in the Predain tongue. "You must be Ma'ar, yes?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods shyly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Welcome! We're delighted to have you. Here, have a seat, I'll get you your books..." She looks up at Carissa and smiles brightly. "You can come collect him this afternoon at the last bell. I'll look after him, I promise." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." It won't do him any good with the other students to have his presumable-mother hanging around. She goes back to her rooms. Presumably at some point Urtho will have questions about her magic system but she can keep working on Ma'ar's headband in the meantime.

Permalink Mark Unread

Later in the afternoon one of the hertasi from the day before is back again. "Master Urtho would like to speak with you again once you're settled here, ma'am. He is very busy today, but would tomorrow morning suit you for a meeting?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds good." It is tragic she can't make him a ring of sustenance as a present, but it takes divine magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is subdued when she collects him from class, and asks quietly if they can go back to their apartment to eat rather than the dining hall again, or if she doesn't want to cook maybe she could bring food back for him? It's just that he has a headache and there are too many people there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course." She is mostly competent to navigate back to their rooms at this point, and set some fish cooking on the little cooking element. "How was it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I learned to write Tantaran letters and she gave me an easy book to practice reading. I don't think she thinks I'm stupid? I can't tell because she shields. But at least I'm not really behind the rest of the class." He sits down and rubs his forehead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is the headache from too much Thoughtsensing, you think?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know? But it was hurting worse when there were more people." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know how when we met you weren't using your Thoughtsensing? I think you ought to be able to do that on and off as you like, and then you can avoid doing it around lots of people."

Permalink Mark Unread

He scrunches up his face. "I...don't know if I know how to stop doing it on purpose. I guess I can try." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am pretty sure it's possible but I don't personally know how it's done, sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, and keeps trying different ways of getting his Thoughtsensing to go away; he's a bit nervous it'll go away too much and he won't have it in the morning when he has magic lessons, but he figured it out last time, probably he could again. 

After supper he gets out his practice-book, which on each pair of pages has one simple sentence in big writing and then a picture next to it. He effortfully sounds out some of the sentences, but he still has a lingering headache and is also very tired. When the sunset ends and the stars come out, though, he's nonetheless captivated for a few minutes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In the morning Ma'ar sits at their little dining table by the window and nibbles on bread. "- I'm scared," he admits finally to Carissa. "About magic lessons. I know it's stupid to be because it won't help..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you scared about anything specific? Are you scared you'll do badly? That it'll be tiring or not fun?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't matter if it's tiring or not fun. I - I was reading someone's mind in the dining hall yesterday and they were upset because they made a mistake and their teacher was mad, and - what if I do that and they hurt me - they'd be so much stronger than me at magic if they're a teacher, they could, I couldn't do anything." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - this place seems Good so I bet the teachers are not allowed to hurt the students much even if they're angry. If they do, you'll be able to handle it, because you have had a harder life than most of these students so a punishment that would seem severe to them probably won't be too unbearable for you. Not fighting back when you're being hurt is also an important skill and ideally you wouldn't learn it at school but you will have to learn it eventually, sometimes it is the best way to achieve your strategic objectives. We could practice it if you really want to, though I suspect it's not the best way to spend the evening because you have been through a lot and need to sleep so you're well-rested tomorrow."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, and leans in for a hug. Putting off sleeping because it'll make it be tomorrow sooner is in fact objectively silly, it'll be tomorrow in the same length of time either way, he'll just be more or less tired. He can go to bed, carefully hanging up his student robe first so it won't be wrinkled in the morning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll hold him while he falls asleep again and then get some more work done on his headband.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar's morning mage-lessons are actually outdoors, with a landmark given for where they're supposed to meet. It's pretty easy to find; the giant obsidian statue of a gryphon is very memorable and visible from that entire side of the tower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The teacher is a cheerful middle-aged man with snow-white hair in a knot. He doesn't speak the Predain language well but he clarifies that he can understand Ma'ar, and Ma'ar in turn is picking up enough Tantaran to mostly follow. (If he supplements with mindreading, that is.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll wish him luck and then head off to her appointment with Urtho. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho meets her at the door of his office, but immediately steps out into the hall. "Follow me? I wanted to use my workshop for this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." He seems so good-natured and she has absolutely no idea what it takes to change that and it's terrifying. Leareth likes him. ...Leareth was a tiny child who must have made this whole journey alone, in the original timeline...

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho's magic workshop is tidier than his office, if only because paper is flammable; the clutter is restricted to non-flammable objects, mostly magic ones. There are several half-built artifacts on a table, and another table of various knickknacks, which Urtho carelessly pushes to one side. He offers Carissa a stool. 

"So. I am honestly not quite sure where to begin, here! If you do not have other ideas, perhaps you could oblige me by demonstrating some spells?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. We rate our spells by circles, it's a measure of how complex the spell is - more complex ones require more skill and more channeling capacity to cast, because at the peak you've got to be feeding all of them - I can do up through fourth, I'll cast them and you'll be able to see -"

She does Silent Image and then Minor Image and then Major Image and then an Extended Major Image, so it's easy to compare across them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho grins and bounces like a little boy for the third and fourth. "Amazing! It's beautiful. Absolutely beautiful." He's trying to sketch out the structure of Extended Major Image on a big sheet of paper. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I also have a teleport prepared at fourth level, with a range of about a fifth of a mile, and Tongues and Fly and Fireball and Phantom Steed at third, and Invisibility at second," and Detect Thoughts but she's not saying so, "and I cast Mage Armor on me and on Ma'ar in the mornings. My magic items are, uh, a mix of both styles."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can fly?" Urtho looks so amazed and impressed! "It is extremely hard to do that with our magic! Anyway, I certainly do not want to demand all of your spells for demonstration purposes, if you want to save them for later, but I remain very curious about all of them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can show you some of them. Or I can try teaching you a cantrip in our style of magic, if you'd like, the Velgarth mages I know mostly didn't want to bother but picked it up quickly if they did try."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho lights up. "I would love to learn one! Even if it is inferior to my Gift in most ways, it is still an entirely different approach to magic, and a fascinating one!" He's practically vibrating with enthusiasm about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Magic merits such enthusiasm!! They'll need a good ink and they'll need a spellbook and then she can walk him through how to prepare spells in general, and then how to wrap his mind around this cantrip in particular, and then she can prepare a spell into a left-empty slot while he watches, and then he can try it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is fascinated with the spellbook. He's also very clever, and has the significant advantage of having been able to watch the structure of all her spells as she cast them and prepared one for a demonstration. He gets Prestidigitation on the second try, and is so happy about it! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Neat! She can copy some other ones over for him, if he'd like to try those too, if he were a child Ma'ar's age starting wizard school he'd probably not be able to get another one the same day but that's because he'd have almost no reserves, and instead he's a Velgarth mage and if he could stabilize a fourth-circle spell he probably wouldn't have a problem feeding it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's eager to try it! He cannot get the fourth-circle spell to stabilize even with a couple of tries, his instincts are all trained on Velgarth magic and so the way he tries to manipulate it when it's not working right is wrong, but the power in fact isn't a problem for him. When he goes back to easier spells, he can prepare and cast Mage Armour without difficulty, and then he moves on to second-level spells and after five determined tries in a row is able to prepare Invisibility. 

He's so excited!!! This is incredible!!! 

- also, goodness, he's entirely lost track of the time and didn't even notice the bell going, it's past lunchtime, Carissa must be hungry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Actually she has a ring for that!

Permalink Mark Unread

"How fascinating! May I have a closer look at it? I am not sure you could do that at all, with our magic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I take it off it'll get dysregulated but you're welcome to look at it." She offers her hand. "It also makes me require less sleep, though it's been less effective at that lately, probably because I'm expecting a baby."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho examines the spell up close, diving in deeper with his mage-sight. "How intriguing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can make our kind of magic items, even ones I haven't seen before, if I have spellsilver and it can be mined.  But I can't make the rings because they use divine magic, and we're too far from our gods to use their power here. I could...dupe it with Limited Wish, I guess, if I get that powerful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How much more powerful can wizards get? And what do you need to do to get there?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - very, in principle. Spells go up to ninth circle, there aren't higher stable configurations, and at ninth you can - raise the dead, stop time, make a personal demiplane where magic works differently, Wish, Gate between planes or Teleport between planets within a plane... to get there I have to do lots of research and refine my spells and get good at stabilizing them, but I'd also have to get into fights, is the thing, past a certain point wizards don't improve if they're not using their magic when their life depends on it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really? And that's not just for the combat spells? Being in fights is certainly a skill in itself, I know many very talented mages who I would never send to a battlefield because they'd panic and forget half of what they know. But it sounds as though you mean something more than that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Even if you mostly want to make, I don't know, Quickened Extended Silent Still Minor Images, that's ninth circle but it's not hard and it's got nothing to do with combat, you won't have the channeling capacity, you'll lose hold of it. And if you get into enough situations where you're using magic when in real danger, you'll get more capacity. People can get somewhere with sparring but they don't get to ninth with sparring. I think even the reserves that a Gifted mage has don't get you there - I've seen a ninth-circle wizard prepare spells and he was moving more magic than Vanyel - who is, uh, the most powerful mage in Velgarth history. Or will be. In two thousand years. ...I guess he almost definitely won't be in two thousand years, since it happened to him for reasons that are going to be obviated."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. How odd." 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a knock on the door. "Master Urtho, are you going to teach the session this afternoon or would you like me to ask someone else?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho scrambles up. "No, no, I am so sorry! You can tell them I will be right over." He turns back to Carissa. "My apologies, it seems I must go." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Outside of Urtho's workshop, some older students are hurrying to Work Room practices. Down on the main classroom level, the hall is packed with younger children trying to make it to their afternoon classes before the lunch break is over. Ma'ar is not obviously among them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks around for a little while, but it's entirely possible he made it to his afternoon class already, and very unlikely that he's seriously hurt. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Ma'ar has in fact been at his afternoon classroom for half an hour; the dining hall is so crowded and loud and he's still having trouble consistently shielding his Gifts on purpose, so being there for long gives him a headache. He likes Lady Cinnabar, though, she's friendly and much less terrifying than most of the others.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a beautiful day outside. Through the hallway window, a number of hertasi appear to be setting up the aforementioned outdoor market in the courtyard. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She kind of wants to be outside, being in a building all the time feels weird. She swipes a slice of bread in case her Ring's not accounting for her wanting to gain weight right now and wanders out to see it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a glorious summer day, the air pleasantly warm without being uncomfortably hot, and just a hint of a breeze. The hertasi and some human farmers are manning various tables heaped with gorgeous farm-produce, loaves of bread of a dozen kinds, fresh fish laid on a magical cooling slab to keep them from smelling. There are also a couple of stalls handing out cooked food. Various hertasi call out to her, cheerfully. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A tall slender woman in a gorgeous flowing silk wrap dress, with a scarf over her hair, is examining apples at one table and catches a glimpse of Carissa. 

"- I don't think we've met," she says in a pleasantly throaty voice, lowering her scarf; her hair is spectacular, shining white-gold in the sun, coiled in a braid that falls past her waist. "I would remember you."

She is giving Carissa a very thorough look. Her eyelashes flutter. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's collecting a bit of everything so they can see what they'll like. "Ah, hello." How much trouble will she get in for mindreading people here. "I arrived yesterday, so you wouldn't have had much chance to. I'm Carissa."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Silver Veil. What brings you here? You don't look like you're from Tantara." Silver Veil smiles at her. It's a moderately flirty smile. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm from very far away, an acquaintance sent me here to, uh, look after a child she'd run into who needed an escort to the tower."

Permalink Mark Unread

"For schooling, I imagine? Are you yourself a mage?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My magical education was very different but I can do some of the same things. And yes, he's here for classes. My impression was that it was the best place in the world for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yes, it certainly is that." Silver Veil finishes examining an apple, deems it acceptable, and puts it in the basket hooked over her arm. "Where did you study? I may have heard of it even if it is far away, I have travelled extensively." Eyelash-flutter. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Possibly she should be clear about some things. "Cheliax. It's very far away; my husband is from north of the Ice Wall Mountains and it's farther than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Truly? I did not know there was anything north of the mountains!" Silver Veil bats her eyelashes again, but she does seem to be noticing that Carissa isn't reciprocating the flirting. "Well, I hope that someday I will have my chance to explore the north as well. And I very much hope you enjoy your stay at Urtho's Tower." She curtsies gracefully, and then turns to examine a table of zucchinis. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, it's been lovely." Carissa...hopes she wasn't rude? She wasn't trying to be rude. She should maybe learn how these people understand marriage to work. She should maybe learn so many things.

 

It is arguably stupid and delusional of her to be insisting that she's married.

She collects a little bit of everything in the market so they can see what they like.

 

She imagines Leareth growing up here. 

 

She imagines Leareth, attacked by surprise, figuring out how to win a war with Urtho. Waking up in a world that the war had utterly destroyed.

It'll go differently this time but she has no idea what that means for whether the other timeline ever existed, whether there's anyone who could come for her.

 

...she's been assuming Iomedae can't reach her because it's too far but - if it's two thousand years ago - Iomedae hasn't been born.

She goes back to her room after a while. Works on her headband.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar makes his own way home from class after the end-of-day bell, with a new bookbag that has several books in it; Lady Cinnabar was impressed at his quick progress with reading and graduated him to some books not aimed at five-year-olds, and he has penmanship practice to do. 

He lets himself in and immediately flops facefirst on the sofa. He's so tired. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How was your day?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine." After a moment he rolls onto his back and is less muffled. "The magic teacher didn't hit me even when I made a mistake. And I got harder books to read because I was early for class and I practiced, and I could show Lady Cinnabar that I read all of the easy one." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh good. What are you learning in magic class?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shields! Apparently shielding properly is a lot more complicated than the way he figured out to do it on his own, but also more efficient and he'll be able to make much stronger shields. He got a headache again from practicing it so many times, though. Also they were testing each other's shields by tossing pebbles at them, and one of his classmates thought it was funny to throw them at Ma'ar when he wasn't paying attention (they weren't even paired up), but Ma'ar, remembering what Carissa had said, gritted his teeth and didn't hit back and that boy got detention. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm proud of you. That was a much better way to handle it than fighting him."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. "The teacher said no fighting was the rule. And I read some of the others' minds and they thought it was a real rule and not a fake one. So I was only a little bit scared." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She gives him a hug and starts cooking a random assortment of market things. "At home, it'd be dangerous, to let someone hurt you and not fight back?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it was someone from another clan they'd kill you. If it was someone from my same clan, we'd both be beaten by one of the elders for misbehaving, if they saw, but - also if you don't fight back everyone sees you're a coward, and then you're - not worth anything to the clan, and probably don't get food... The only reason I got away with it - being a coward, I mean, because I wouldn't go on cattle-raids anymore once I'd decided I was going to leave - is that I was doing magic for them all the time so what were they supposed to do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "You have to guess quickly, in strange places, whether it's a place where it's more important to look dangerous or to look innocent. But I think mostly in places like Predain it's more important to look dangerous and in places like Tantara it's more important to look innocent."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "It's easier to guess if I read people's minds. Although I'm trying to do it less so I don't get headaches." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She brings warmed vegetables and meats of various kinds over to the table. "That should get easier with practice, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Ma'ar looks delightedly at all the food. He's finally used to having several meals a day, enough that he doesn't try to wolf down all of it as fast as possible, and can actually pay attention to which foods he likes best. It's hard to say he dislikes any of it, really, it all tastes better than what he used to eat with the clan. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's free, so we can grab more of whatever's your favorite."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It can't be free, someone had to grow it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmhmm. Urtho pays for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Huh. Is he just so rich he doesn't even care?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He might be. He gives off that impression. He's also building a sizable base of loyalists, right, all his former students who are in his debt - informally, but quite powerfully - who he can ask to run errands and Gate anywhere in the world and tell him first about all their magical discoveries and presumably do concert casting and so on with him. Feeding a bunch of children is a cheap price for a bunch of devoted well-trained adult mages. Or in our case, for lessons in Golarion magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense." Ma'ar looks thoughtful. "It'd be - nice. To be so powerful and rich that you don't need to be scary, you can just be - good to work for." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. People will sometimes do better work that way, if they feel allied with you not scared of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." 

After he's done eating, Ma'ar gets out his penmanship homework and spreads the paper on the table, staring at it in fierce concentration as he traces letter shapes. He's been supplied with a cleverly-designed pen that doesn't need a separate inkwell. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Neat. She goes back to work on his headband. She's going to have just enough material for the least nice kind but she's somewhat optimistic about talking Urtho into letting her mine some.

Permalink Mark Unread

The days fall into a routine. 

Ma'ar goes to magic lessons in the morning and remedial everything-else-lessons in the afternoons, though he's making very rapid progress in the latter and Lady Cinnabar thinks he'll be ready for placement into the standard classes for the winter semester. He learns to read and write, and do basic arithmetic with pen and paper; after that lesson he comes home bubbling with delight about the concept of numbers, and how suddenly things like money are a thousand times less mysterious! (The clanspeople literally do not have words for numbers above three; they know all of their cows and children and tents individually, by name.) He picks it up with astounding speed given the lack of exposure and spends the next week wanting to do math on everything, counting windowpanes and tiles and spoons in the cupboard; he's even more delighted by the later introduction of multiplication and division.

He gets his proper fitted robes, which don't need to be held up to avoid tripping when he climbs stairs. The hertasi had them made with generous room to grow, which is good because he's definitely putting on weight and seems likely to go right into a growth spurt now that he reliably has enough to eat.

His magic lessons spend three weeks just on shields, which Ma'ar finds frustrating, he's best with fire and lightning-bolts and he doesn't get to do those at all. Maybe it makes sense, though, since they're worried about the children hurting each other when they practice. Most of the students in the beginner class haven't done nearly as much solitary practice as Ma'ar has.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is very busy, and also incapable of keeping track of a schedule, but his hertasi seem to know this and help patch this with fond exasperation, and he squeezes in meeting with Carissa a couple of times a week and interrogating her about Golarion's magic. 

When she finishes the headband for Ma'ar, he agrees in a heartbeat to try to help her obtain more spell materials - obviously she should have everything she needs for her work here! It seems very important! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not show up to rescue her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar gradually seems more at home here. He's slow to make friends with the other children, it never feels like he knows what to say to them and he's never learned most of the games they play together, but he's not an ongoing target for bullying. He tells Carissa that he just looks at them every time they try anything, and waits for them to get detention when a teacher notices, and then they usually don't try again. 

...

And then one day about a month after their arrival at the Tower, Ma'ar comes pelting back to their rooms midway through his lunch break, with a black eye and his nose bleeding. He bursts through the door and flings himself onto the sofa, curling up.

Permalink Mark Unread

- she closes the door behind him and locks it with magic and - it is not worth a healing spell, she's saving those for when someone is literally dying -

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- what happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'msorryI'msorry I was stupid it's my fault I'm sorry -" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How sorry you are seems really unlikely to be relevant to what we should do now! What happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes a deep breath and lets it out and his expression goes very controlled. "I got in a fight and they said it was my fault and now I have detention and they're going to tell Urtho," he says, toneless. "And the teacher - didn't let me win - so I'm scared they're going to - wait for a time when there's not a teacher..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why'd you get into a fight?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I tried not to start it, I tried just talking, but - so there're some older boys who - like being bullies, I guess. They left me alone after the first week but there's this girl and they - think it's funny to make her cry. So they do things like tell her all the ways that she's ugly, or - talk about doing nasty sex things to her sister, I don't even know if she has a sister but it upsets her. Or they sneak up and make loud noises so she'll jump and then they laugh, but they usually don't get in trouble 'cause that's not fighting. And today they surprised her and made her drop her diary and they grabbed it. And were reading it out loud in funny voices and laughing and then tearing up the pages, and - there was a teacher over at the end of the dining hall but they weren't doing anything because they weren't breaking the rules by fighting or doing magic. And - and I was just so mad that they were going to k-keep hurting her because she's too scared of getting in trouble to fight back. So I tried just telling them to stop, but they laughed and said I couldn't do anything and even if I tattled they wouldn't get in trouble. Which was obviously true, and - just - I was so mad... I guess I did start it, I wasn't the first one to use magic but the teacher didn't care." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "Oh, sweetheart. So - two problems, right? One is that you have detention. Do you know what detention is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. Everyone seems to think it's really horrible though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have you seen any kids the day after they got detention?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He scrunches up his face. "I - think so? Or I don't know for sure, no one in my classes's gotten detention, but I heard someone in the dining hall talking about how they'd been up until midnight because of it the night before and were so tired and it wasn't fair the teacher was so mean. They - didn't look badly hurt, I guess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't seen anyone in the halls who is limping or not sitting at lunch or holding their robes clear of their back or missing any fingers. That's not to say they can't hurt you, but my best guess is that there's a policy against hurting you in a way that causes lasting injuries. Which means - hurt when there's no injury is just your body being confused, and giving you bad information because someone tricked it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, pulling his knees in to his chest. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will try to learn more about it. But it will probably be scary and awful, and you will be okay, and we can talk about what things you want to be learning and practicing from it and they'll be important things to learn and practice, because life's not going to never hurt. And the other problem you have is - you're worried about retaliation from the other boys?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. Thinks about it for a moment. "I'm - not that scared? I think I know how bad it'd be and I could take it even if I can't run away. They're not– I read their minds, they haven't ever killed anyone. And they're only okay at magic, and...I don't think they even really know how to fight? Not for real, because you aren't allowed to, right, they don't have any practice." Shrug. "I'm scared I might've made it worse for her and that's upsetting. It's not fair! She's really really good at magic. She shouldn't have to be scared of them when the only thing they're good at is - I don't know, knowing a lot of nasty sex words." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not a very impressive thing to be good at. You could talk to her. She might have ideas about what she would want to do if she had allies, and she might be able to guess whether you will have made it worse and what would make it better. She might not, some people aren't good at that stuff, but you could check."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I can try. And - I'll just pay attention with Thoughtsensing all the time for a week. So I have warning if the bullies try to sneak up on me. I think if they haven't in a week then they probably won't." He shivers. "...I'm still supposed to go to my class this afternoon and then detention right after. It's going to be really hard to concentrate, but - I guess that's good practice too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so." Hug. "What do you think you want to practice learning in detention, it's easier if you're trying to get something in particular out of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He leans on her shoulder and thinks about it for a while. "Maybe - not looking upset or scared or like I'm in pain, even if I am? I think I'm okay at that, but not that good." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." Squeeze. "That seems good. And practicing at it doesn't mean it was a waste if you don't do it the whole time, right, just that you have more practice than you did before."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He leans on her. 

Eventually the five-minute-warning bell for afternoon classes echoes in the distance, and Ma'ar sits up, trying to scrub some of the dried blood from under his nose with his sleeve. "I...guess I'll be back sometime tonight after detention." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll wait up for you." She kisses the top of his head. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar tugs his robes straight, picks up his bookbag, straightens his shoulders, and heads out with his face set in a blank neutral expression. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She paces for a few minutes. Considers summoning a hertasi to ask what detention usually is for kids Ma'ar's age but she couldn't get the information to him and it is not generally a favor to children to have their parents interfering in their education. And she doesn't actually have any ground to stand on to kick up a fuss, it's entirely reasonable for a school to have punishments for starting fights and it's not a favor to anyone who wants to conquer countries, to protect them from ever being in trouble at the scale where it can be survived -

- and she doesn't regret having been punished in school, it made her more disciplined and able to function even under threat of torture -

 

 

She does not get anything done that afternoon and evening.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar gets back just after midnight, letting himself in re-locking the door behind him. He looks...fine. A bit confused. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - hey." Hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll always take a hug, and he is very tired and relieved to lean on her, but - "It wasn't even horrible," he reassures her quickly. "I don't know why anyone thinks it is." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - huh. Probably you're tougher than them. ...also I cast Mage Armor on you every day and that might've helped, in Cheliax they'd wait for that to wear off."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- No, I mean, they didn't even hit us at all. We had to skip dinner and weren't allowed to talk and they made us stand and copy lines on a blackboard about how we wouldn't get into fights, and then we had to go scrub the floors in the atrium. Some of the other students were really miserable about it because their arms hurt or their hands got cramped, but it was fine, really." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- bizarre. Well. I'm glad you're okay." Hug. "Do you want dinner now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I would!" He looks faintly disappointed. "I didn't get to practice not looking upset at all, because I wasn't upset. Some of the other kids could've practiced it - honestly I don't know how they could've lived their entire lives without anything worse than that, it's so weird, but." Shrug. "I'm - kind of worried this isn't the real punishment and there's a secret one if you're disobedient enough, so I'll still try not to get any more detentions." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean presumably if nothing else they'll expel you if you make enough trouble, so you should definitely try not to do that." She stands up to make dinner. "I'm glad they didn't hurt you. You'll have other occasions to practice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Ma'ar still feels confused as well, but it can wait. He yawns and blinks and tries very hard to stay awake until dinner is ready, and as soon as he's done eating he collapses into bed and is asleep almost instantly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes over to her desk. She's been working on a letter for him. He's not as good at reading Taldane as he's getting at reading the local language, but she suspects, now, that he can read well enough to decipher it, should he need to, which he probably won't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perhaps unsurprisingly, Ma'ar oversleeps the next morning and has to sprint off without breakfast to make it to magic lessons on time. 

He comes back for lunch rather than eat in the dining hall, because bullies, he would prefer to minimize how much time he spends in crowded places where keeping his Thoughtsensing wide open will give him a headache. He does confirm that he found the girl who was being bullied before and asked if she was willing to talk in the afternoon after classes today and she said yes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Good for him. He can have lunch here and he can come back here with her afterwards, if they want to talk in secret.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar impulsively hugs her when she offers that. "Thank you." 

He's back fairly soon after the final bell, with a red-headed freckled girl a few years older than him. "Carissa, this is Elwa, she's the... Anyway. Can you teach us nasty insults?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Elwa blushes ferociously and stares at the floor. "We decided that - even though Ma'ar thinks it's not fair that I can't fight back with magic - I can't do that and so it would be better if I could not cry and fight back with. With the thing they do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Sure. Uh...is this a country where it's a terrible insult to say that a man let another one fuck him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Bluuuuuuuuush. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ummm, I think so." Or at least his sense from reading the bullies' minds is that they'll think so, but Ma'ar still isn't sure if mindreading is allowed or not so he isn't going to say that in front of Elwa, who is obviously a person who's never broken a rule in her entire life. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cool. You can say that. You can tell someone that your sister learned cocksucking from him because everyone knows he's the best in the school, and that he's jealous because his boyfriend would rather be seen with her, and that once his voice drops the boys will get bored and the girls will go for someone whose face doesn't look like a goat's puckered asshole, and..."

 

Carissa was in the army for five years and adventurers get very creative.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is useful if only because Elwa is entirely recalibrating her blushing threshold! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Honestly, people are so weird and baffling and care an inexplicable amount about the strangest things. 

Ma'ar says this to Carissa, later, after Elwa has thanked them and hugged him - which according to her surface thoughts she thought was a Big Deal - and then left to go back to her dorm. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You might care about sex when puberty hits. You also might not. Even if you do I think probably you will not care about what things children yell at each other, because no one cares about that but other children. But it - feels very real in the moment, right, it feels like everything is at stake even if nothing is. I think it's good that you wanted to help her. I hope it works."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Why do you think it's good that I wanted to help her." He knows why. It seems incredibly self-evident. But - it feels informative, what words Carissa will put on it. 

(He's finding it harder and harder to maintain the separation between the part of him that finds hugging Carissa comforting and the part that knows he shouldn't entirely trust her yet.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - well, other things equal, it's better if kids aren't bullied, right, because it'll make them miserable and small, and it'll teach bullies to get away with it. And - it's not a bad thing to have a reputation for, either, protecting other kids, standing up to bullies. If you want to lead people you want practice trying to help them and - following through, actually making things better. And from the cooperativeness angle there's, like, if you'd want someone to do it for you, then that's an argument for doing it. Not an overriding one, if it's going to cost you too much, but I don't think this is going to cost you too much."

Permalink Mark Unread

He listens, thoughtfully. Nods along. 

"...I didn't like that it made her feel small," he says. "It - doesn't seem right. For her to feel weak, when she's so clever and trying hard and that's why she wants to follow the rules here..." Shrug. "I guess it's hard. If you're Urtho. To - actually make it true that being smart and working hard means you succeed. Even if he wants that. It - I - it's - not evidence that he doesn't want that. Right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if there were no bullies at all in his whole enormous free school that'd be - a very strong sign that he wanted that, because it's nearly impossible to pull off so it'd be a sign someone pointed a lot of ingenuity at that. So - you know now that you're not in that world. But - that still leaves lots of worlds where he wants that but hasn't pointed a lot of ingenuity at it, because he's mostly a magic researcher and doesn't pay it enough attention, which looks...pretty likely, to me. It is also possible that he doesn't care very much about it. How would you tell those two theories apart?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...If he says bullies are bad or not? ...But words are very easy to say. I - could check if he's tried things at all to make there be less bullying, even if they're not very clever or creative things?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "You could check whether he knows about the bullies, he gives off an air of not being very attentive to most things and I'm sure no one does any bullying in front of him."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. "That - seems like a stupid thing to not be attentive to, but I guess they're not a threat to him. Since he's so powerful and rich." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Or he might think that bullying is good for children? Some people think that. Probably fewer outside Cheliax, but still."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar considers that for a while. "I feel like whether it's good or not depends on other things? If we were allowed to fight with magic but got punished for stupid insults I think that'd be good..." He frowns. "...I don't know. I guess it's complicated, what's good. I don't think it's good for people who could do things to end up thinking that they're small and - shouldn't do things..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "And it's not good for any girls who want to be great mages if everyone is always telling them they're for sex instead, lots of them will listen and then you don't have many girl mages and men are worse when no women are their equals. But - it's very complicated what good is.

You could try to get a meeting with Urtho and ask him what things he has tried about bullying."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - Do you think I should try to do that?" It sounds terrifying. Somehow on several different dimensions at once, both that it's important and high-stakes and he could do it wrong, and also that it's - maybe not allowed, for students to have their own opinions...

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know. It would be a lot of information. Not - just about bullies."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I'll think about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. 

She hands him a thin envelope. "Unrelated to that - this is for you. It's locked with magic, but once you're good with magic you could figure out how to undo the lock without destroying it. If anything happens to me, I want you to read it. Otherwise, I do not want you to read it. I think this is very unlikely to come up, but - it might be important, so I want you to have it, if it does."

Permalink Mark Unread

He listens to all of the parts of that. Nods. 

"I - understand." 

(He's not sure that he does. Not really. He heard the instructions but the why should make sense, if he understood all the pieces, and it doesn't.)

(Maybe that's fine. Probably it's expected, in any of the circumstances that involve receiving a secret letter.)  

He holds the envelope, like it's something precious. "I won't forget." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I trust you. Let's get dinner."

Permalink Mark Unread

They can get dinner. 

Ma'ar is very quiet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't try to bother him. She asks after dinner if he has any workbooks for his classes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not for magic class, the practice is all just magic. I have one for for arithmetic? For reading I just need to read books and answer questions about them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Maybe we can do a little Taldane practice after that. - the letter's in Taldane."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar does not get attacked by bullies (possibly because he spends the next two weeks with his Thoughtsensing always open and slips away if they come near him. Elwa reports that the bullying hasn't stopped, exactly, despite her attempts to insult back, but - it bothers her less, after having heard from Ma'ar about her options for fighting back, and the actual consequences involved in detention. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar becomes fairly fluent in Tantaran. He practices Taldane with Carissa. Wonders about the letter; considers opening it, but - he trusts Carissa, right now, with that much at least.

Noticing that fact is a relief and uncomfortable at the same time. 

Lady Cinnabar passes him to the regular classes. His magic teacher also bumps him ahead two levels in his mage course-work, to a class that mostly works with various tutors but once a week has a session with Urtho personally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not turn up to find her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

How could he? He's right here, though he doesn't know it yet. 

 

She prays to Aroden. She doesn't expect it to work. Iomedae could have seen her from a world away, but Iomedae was already paying attention to her; the gods don't see other worlds just by default. But there's a mention in his holy texts that Aroden travelled the farthest planes, looking for something. Maybe he'll drop in on Velgarth briefly. 

 

Occasionally she daydreams about having gone very far away and become immortal and spent two thousand years building things in a wizard tower somewhere. And then finding Leareth, once he was grown up. Obviously this is patently absurd in every way. Obviously the world you've got is the one in front of you and there's no sense in which you salvage something if you shove it down a tragic path it's been down before.

And Ma'ar- she couldn't have done it to Ma'ar, even if she could've done it to the whole world. 

She makes Urtho a headband of intelligence, as a gift. Tells him that wizards all wear them, they help with detail work and holding a lot in your head at a time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is incredibly delighted about the present! He stares at it with mage-sight and then puts it on and then tries half a dozen Velgarth spells and casts some of his Golarion spells he's been practicing. 

He doesn't mention having heard anything about Ma'ar's incident with the fight. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar learns more magic and makes more friends and, once he can read fluently, does so voraciously. He keeps needing ask for extra paper from the hertasi because he takes so many notes. 

Two months after said fight, he comes back from his history class with his head bent, and unlike usual, doesn't say anything to Carissa while he heads for the kitchen to make himself tea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is sketching designs for combination int/wis headbands. "How was class?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He mumbles something and flops down on the sofa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- he might be Leareth but he's also a teenager, she shouldn't read into this whatever she'd read into Leareth doing that. 

 

She pretends to go back to her notes and fails to do that entirely.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits up and folds his arms and stares into the distance. 

"Sometimes people are really frustrating," he says eventually, not addressed to anything in particular. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Did you have a fight with a classmate?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Not a fight fight. Not the kind you get in trouble for. We're supposed to have debates, and..." Shrug. "I guess everyone thinks I'm wrong and evil." 

He says this in a deliberately casual and neutral tone, while his hands twist together in his lap and his toes tap the floor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems like in many contexts a disadvantageous thing to have them believe," she says neutrally back.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I didn't want them to, I was trying to..." He glares at the floor, weary and frustrated. "We were supposed to be arguing about what was true, and, just -" Helpless shrug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want a hug?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Yes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar leans on her shoulder. 

"Sometimes we do discussions about the laws for mages and how they're different in different places and then we debate what they should be," he says eventually. "You're - supposed to disagree with people and say things even if they're controversial? But now I feel like there are secret other rules too and I don't get it." Sigh. "We were talking about blood-magic and I don't see why it should be illegal– I mean, murdering people should be illegal, obviously, but I don't see why blood-magic should be extra illegal. If you're fighting a war or something - or hanging criminals - and not even using the energy then it's just a waste." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm. I don't know much about blood-magic. What arguments did people have?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He scowls. "I don't even know! That it's gross and evil and bad. I - wouldn't've minded if they had better arguments than that, but 'it's bad' isn't even an argument..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not. Sometimes it means they don't have one and sometimes it means that their argument is complicated and they don't know how to explain it to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He's quiet for a while, thoughtful. "I - think maybe I didn't know how to explain what I was thinking to them, either. It felt like it made sense to me, but I was saying things and people weren't acting like it made sense? Which I think means they didn't understand it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It could mean that. Or it could mean that they didn't want to understand it because then people would think they were evil, or that they think that not understanding it is a credible way to signal they wouldn't do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why would just understanding a thing make you evil? That seems - stupid - it's important to understand things even if they're bad things, it's even more important if they're bad..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you trust everyone to have the same values as you, you want them to also be good at predicting the world! If you mostly don't think they have the same values as you, though, or if you don't have values that point the same way no matter who is holding them, and most people don't, then it can absolutely be threatening for people to understand an argument, because they might be persuaded by it, and then act against your interests. If there were a convincing argument for murdering me I would probably prefer no one understand it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh." Ma'ar scrunches up his face. "I guess. It - seems kind of bad, if the only reason I'm not getting murdered is that no one understands the argument for why they should? Because it...relies on people being stupid, I don't know." He wriggles his shoulders. "Urtho was there and - he wasn't mad at me but he didn't say anything about what he thought? He just interrupted the debate and had us do something else for the rest of class. He's not stupid, I would've thought he'd be able to understand arguments for things..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you know about the political situation in Tantara?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar frowns. They've talked about Tantara's history, in history class, but less about its present, and the snippets he's picked up from mindreading are very scattered and hard to fit together into a picture in his head.

"Tantara has a king. King Leodhan, right now. People think he's not as good a king as his father but that he's all right. People think he listens to Urtho a lot? He made Urtho the Archmage when he took the throne, but I don't really know what that means. I - probably know other things but I don't know which things are about the political situation instead of about something else." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are there other Archmages or just Urtho? If Urtho's school was teaching things the King found threatening, would the King shut down the school, or make it harder for it to run, or ask Urtho to expel those students, or warn Urtho that supporting those students was a kind of undermining Tantara? If something happened to the King, who'd be in charge after that? All of those things are inputs into what Urtho will tolerate in his school."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Hmm. I think Archmage is something there's only one of? And sometimes there weren't any, a hundred years ago there wasn't one. Um. I think King Leodhan doesn't have any children and so probably if something happened to him it'd be his cousin or something who got made King. I have no idea what he would do if he didn't like what Urtho was teaching, people think he likes Urtho though and thinks he's right about things." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes it seem not very likely that Urtho has political opinions he is scared to say, or feels constrained in what he can let his students say. So probably his policy reflects what he wants his school to be like. Not - definitely, though, it's always worth having an eye out for."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Ma'ar squirms. "I - don't want him to think I'm bad. But I also don't want to...not be allowed to say things or think things? I don't know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." Hug. "You can say things to me, I'm not going to think you're bad. And - maybe once we've talked about things I'll have a better guess about whether you can say the things you think to Urtho. You might be sounding like your thoughts are less nuanced than they are, and if you successfully said the thing you thought it might be fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad I can say things to you." He snuggles up against her, and is quiet for a bit, making various faces. 

"The thing I was trying to say," he murmurs eventually, "is that - I don't think killing an enemy you're fighting and then getting blood-magic from it is more evil than just killing them period? ...Or, it's a little bit more complicated, because blood-magic is also bad for the weather, but Gates are like that too, it's not - uniquely terrible, or anything, it just means you'd need to take that into account and teach people to do it properly and have more weather-mages."

Shrug. "Maybe people felt like admitting it's not worse than just murder would be like saying they don't think either one is bad. But obviously killing people is bad because then they're dead. And I can imagine a place where people actually act like it's never okay to kill anyone, but Tantara isn't that place, they do execute criminals and the king's soldiers are allowed to kill enemies if it's - considered legitimate, I don't exactly understand their rules. And, I don't know, just - if you're going to hang people anyway, I don't get how it's bad to also have a mage there and then they can use the power to do something useful. It's like the other students don't get that sometimes you can't do all the important mage-work you'd want to because there's not enough node-power! And - and so they don't notice that it's giving something up, not to use blood-magic ever." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. Is it giving something up? I don't know very much about - limits on node-power, things like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So it depends how many mages you have, if you only have one mage in the whole city they can't possibly use all the node-power themselves. And obviously mages have to be Adepts to use nodes at all. But Tantara has so many mages, especially in the cities, and cities actually have less total magic a lot of the time because there are fewer plants and wild animals that give off ambient mage-energies. Urtho's done a lot of workings that he couldn't power with nodes, though. He gets around it by doing really big concert casting melds, hundreds or even thousands of mages, but - that's also expensive, you need all those mages to be there instead of doing other things somewhere else, and then they're exhausted, and also sometimes people die in concert melds if the spell goes badly! And there are other ways of getting energy that we're supposed to learn about later, to do with other planes, but they're also complicated and dangerous and take a lot of training to use at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "So then the next thing I would think about is - who gets the power, from executing people? Probably the King, or whatever local authorities he has delegated law to. So legalizing blood magic gives those authorities power, compared to when it's illegal. That's a good thing, if they'll use it for, I don't know, aqueducts, but there are some other uses that'd be bad, especially if some of them are bad people."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Ma'ar nods. "That - makes sense. I was thinking, this'd matter more in Predain? Because we don't have enough mages to do concert melds with a hundred of them, and we don't have a school like Urtho's that can teach people the harder ways to get power– oh, the other thing that's different about blood-magic is that someone doesn't have to be an Adept, to get power that way. So you could have Master-potential mages working with enough power to - pave roads, or lift building blocks, or whatever. It's sort of fine in Tantara to be inefficient, I guess? There are just enough Adepts to pave all the roads. But -" he grimaces, "but I wouldn't trust the king's guard in Predain to use it for good things instead of bad things. And that...seems related, I guess, to Predain being the sort of place that doesn't have enough mages in the first place?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it is, yes. Predain needs Law very badly but precisely since it hasn't got it, the kinds of people who seize power in Predain are not people you'd want to have more of it. States can - swing between tyranny and anarchy, they're closer to each other than they are to peace and law. And...Predain is also the kind of place where people who got power from executions would have more executions, isn't it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a good point. And - then it's not just the same badness as having executions anyway. Because you get something useful out of it but also more people die. And maybe the useful thing doesn't even end up being used for good things." He scowls. "That makes it seem really hard to fix the problem." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think most of the big problems are really hard to fix, that's why no one's done it yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmmhmm." Ma'ar fidgets. "I - still think there's something really bad about - not being allowed to talk about or think about whether using blood-magic is worth doing? Even if it's a complicated question because of things like not wanting there to be a reason to do more executions, or not wanting the people it'd give power to to have that power. ...Especially because it's a complicated question, so - it takes more cleverness to find the right answer...? And it felt like other people didn't think I should be allowed to talk about it in a debate in class." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, it sounds like they were being very stupid, and if they'd actually talked with you maybe some of the other important considerations would've gotten talked about. I think they could learn, if there aren't big political reasons for it to be unsafe to learn, but - they're not going to pick it up themselves, someone would have to teach them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why? I don't feel like someone had to teach me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you're unusually clever, for one thing, and also, you've had to learn - two contexts? You've had to learn how to accomplish your goals in cow-herder tribes in Predain, and in Urtho's Tower, and those are really different, and people have to think more about what they believe when they've had to figure out different places with different general worldviews."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I guess that makes sense. I...can try to figure out how to teach them. - Do you reckon Urtho knows how to do that thing? He's very very clever." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He is very clever. But - I think he mostly works in the one context, and he seems - disinterested in making it clear to people precisely how he wields power - so it's possible he doesn't, or not as well as a powerful mage ideally would."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Ma'ar sighs heavily. "I guess I'm not mad about it anymore. It makes more sense the way you explain it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Functional societies - and Tantara is one, from what I've seen of it - usually have lots of interlocking bits making them function. And some of the bits look funny on their own, and maybe you can replace them with better ones, but - you have to look for what they're interlocking with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He takes a deep breath. "I have to get really good at looking for that, don't I. If I want to - fix places that are more broken than Tantara. Like Predain." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. You do. If you want to do better than being a normal sort of King who spends more than usual of the treasury on worthwhile things, you'll be trying to build all the interlocking bits, all at once, and it'll be very hard."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, seriously, and stares into the distance with his jaw set. 

Sometimes it feels like all he's doing is learning that problems are harder than he thought, much faster than he's learning to be better at solving them. But - well, they were that hard all along, reality is reality, and he can't work with it unless he understands it. And he's already learned so much, in barely three months. He has time to figure this part out. 

Eventually he bounces up off the sofa. "I'm hungry, can we have dinner now?" His robes, Carissa will notice if she's paying attention, are showing noticeably more ankle below the hem than they did when he first got them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. 

 

She gets him dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next few weeks of debate classes seem to go better, from Ma'ar's reports after school. He does less talking, even when he disagrees with people, because it seems important to understand them better first, and learn how to explain himself in a way that bridges the gap more usefully. He says that it doesn't seem like Urtho is upset with him, though he does notice that Urtho seems to watch him more than he watches the other students, and call on him more often, in the one class a week that Urtho is present for. 

He's a lot more vocal about his thoughts in the privacy of their apartment, though, and does seem to be getting better at expressing himself in a way that conveys the nuance. A lot of it is in tone of voice; he's practicing speaking in the sort of level, measured voice that Urtho uses when he talks about history or politics in particular. It feels a bit odd coming from a skinny teenager, but it does add the impression that he's thought about whatever he's saying in great depth. 

Three weeks later, on the day that he has debate class with Urtho, Ma'ar isn't back from class at the usual time. Or an hour later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe he got detention again.

 

She paces.

She could probably figure out earrings of Telepathic Bond even though she can't cast it. She probably should, if only for her peace of mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's back two hours after the usual time rather than at midnight, which at least hints at not-detention. Also he looks incredibly confused. He starts to open his mouth and then closes it again and just sits down on the sofa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She starts dinner. "You okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"M'fine." He chews his lip for a moment. "- Do you know anything about Mindhealers." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - a little bit. It's a rare Gift. It can be used for - mind-editing, generally - did they -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar fidgets. "Urtho told me to stay after class and then he - said he was worried about my wellbeing, and he brought me to talk to a Mindhealer who works with his school. It was so confusing, I don't get it. He kept asking me all these questions about whether I'd been hit at home, or - had grownups do sex things to me - whether you'd done any of that..." Ma'ar is making such an indignant face about this. "I don't know what the point was supposed to be. I don't think he edited things in my mind without me noticing but - he just kept looking at me...I was shielding but he might've been reading my mind anyway, and I don't know why..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They can read your mind through Thoughtsensing shields," she confirms. "What happened in class, before Urtho said that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We learned that you can use magic to put compulsions on people, stop them from doing things you don't want them to do - did you know that was a thing, I had no idea." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Our kind of magic can do it too, but compulsions require very little power, just finesse."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I wish I'd known sooner, it seems like it could be really useful. It's illegal in Tantara though. Even in war, which is stupid, if you can just put a compulsion on soldiers to stop fighting you and then undo it once you've won, that's way better than killing them! I didn't say that, though, I was being so reasonable. I, just - Urtho mentioned that in some parts of the world, noble families have house mages who do compulsions on their servants not to poison them and things, and the servants know about this and everything, if you don't want that then you don't work for a family that does that. And we'd been talking last week about rules of engagement in war and how some countries don't have enough of an army so need to hire mercenaries, and sometimes mercenaries are - bad people, like the guards in Predain, and then they go around pillaging villages and raping women. And even in countries with well trained armies, sometimes the soldiers do that! So I said it seemed like a smart thing to do, to have it be part of the soldiers' contract, that they have a compulsion not to rape people even when they could get away with it."

He screws up his face. "I was being so reasonable! I thought about lots of other things you could do that seem like a good idea on the surface but would be - complicated, like the blood-magic thing. And I figured that soldiers usually sign contracts anyway about following rules of engagement, so if they were going to be Lawful about that, it wouldn't even make a difference, all it does is - protect against the worlds where sometimes you can't tell by looking if a soldier will be Lawful that way. I said a bit about the problem in Predain. And then everyone was so upset and I don't know why!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow! 

I'm proud of you, for thinking about the most reasonable way to make your argument. I...don't have any idea why they reacted like that. You are - entirely right, that's how the man I know who is a King does it and it works very well. I wouldn't have predicted that - I mean, maybe they would've said that they still think it's bad to even teach mages how to do compulsions, since if you can do them at all you can do them sneakily? But I wouldn't have expected them to -" She wrings her hands, a little. "I don't like it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was really hoping you'd know why they were like that! I don't - they said I wasn't in trouble, Urtho and the Mindhealer both said it, but - I think I must be secretly in trouble, and I wish they'd just tell me what thing I did or said was bad so I can stop!"

He gnaws his fingernail for a few moments. "- Urtho did say the thing about teaching compulsions, and - he had an interesting point about how making it seem normal for one thing also makes it seem more thinkable for other things, and then over time you end up with everyone thinking it's fine to mind-control their servants. Which he seems to think is obviously really bad - it's not obvious to me but I can at least see why it's complicated, I wasn't even disagreeing with him about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's mostly dumb. You can mind control them against poisoning you, in particular, but if they really want you poisoned they could just let someone else into the wine cellar and tell them what they plan on serving for dinner, and you can mind control them against not alerting you of plots against their life but that's much more expansive, and gets even more expansive by the time you've come up with all of the ways around it that are that easy to think of. You end up doing a lot of work for a little increase in safety." Shrug. "I think he's probably right that if it's done at all it gets more expansively used, over time, but I'd worry less that then everyone mind-controls their servants not to kill them and more that then they mind-control their servants to sleep with them, or their children to obey them, or their wives to not nag - it's about power, right, same as last time, do we want mages to in general have more power against everyone around who isn't a mage or do we want them to not.

I still don't know why you got in trouble, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, that's a good way of putting it, I'd been trying to say that it didn't seem like it'd - work as well, for that, but I didn't have it clear enough in my head to say properly. Whereas - I don't know, soldiers are people who have power over others, that's kind of the point, and I guess having your army do that would give the mages in it relatively more power, but - mainly it'd mean the soldiers don't hurt innocent people just because they can - I'm sure really nasty people could find things that weren't banned, like how the bullies were mean to Elwa without breaking any rules, but - it's still better for Elwa that they couldn't get away with hitting her, and I think it'd make nasty people less excited about being soldiers, maybe." He's bouncing a bit on the sofa. "This is really interesting to think about and I wish we could just talk about the interesting complicated parts in class! Instead of everyone being so weird about it!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know why it's not like that. I'm sorry. I think whether the power argument makes sense depends a lot on how hard compulsions are to do on your own once you know they exist. If they're easy enough to figure out, then you can't reasonably have your plan to avoid abuses of power be a taboo, because it's not like blood magic which is conspicuous, there's no real way to stop a mage who knows how to do compulsions from doing them, and not much way to notice if they did, unless you truth spell all your mages regularly to ask. If it's hard to learn on your own then maybe you do want to very severely restrict who can do it, to some number of people you can truth spell or vet very extensively, but even then the soldiers thing might work fine, it doesn't take a lot of mages to compulsion an army."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "That makes sense. ...Anyway, maybe I'll - stop saying things in class for a while? Until I figure out what part I got in trouble for, and why they wouldn't just tell me what rule I broke." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "That makes sense. I'm sorry. Hopefully you can still learn things about how the other kids think."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar leans into her arms. "I think it's good practice. Listening and not talking. It - means I have to be patient, even when I'm frustrated." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"An important thing to learn. And by reading your minds you can tell how much they're deciding what to say and how much they're saying whatever they think, and what else they're using to decide, if they're not saying everything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmhmm." 

Whatever the explanation for the baffling events of that afternoon, it doesn't seem to have any ramifications in Ma'ar's other classes, aside from the fact that he no longer volunteers to say anything in his classes about everything other than practical magic. Refusing to answer when called on would stand out even more than giving the wrong answers, he thinks, so he just tries to be very very boring. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho meets with Carissa less often, these days, since he's already heard most of what she has to say about Golarion magic; mostly he summons her when he's made progress on a project and wants to show it off. It's unclear how he finds time to always have half a dozen experimental magic items on the go, in addition to all his other responsibilities, but he manages somehow. 

The next time he calls for her is about a week later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's anxious about being around him, now, since Ma'ar got in trouble, but she doesn't show it. She heads over to meet him with some of her own in-progress projects should a distraction be needed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is capable of supplying plenty of shiny distractions from his end, too, and his manner with her isn't too different from normal; he maybe seems a little more preoccupied today. 

After he's spent an hour showing her his project and gotten up to refill their teacups, though, he clears his throat and nudges the half-finished magic artifact aside. "I apologize for the awkwardness, but, er - I wanted to ask you about Ma'ar. I've been a little concerned about him lately. Does he...seem all right, with you at home?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, fuck. 

"He's very happy here, and I think he has learned a lot. He has mentioned that he - doesn't know how to talk in the debate class without being misunderstood - but I think he's handling that very responsibly, trying to listen more to the other students and not argue."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." His lips twitch. "Yes, he was something of a bull in the china shop at first, with the debates, but he does seem to be learning, well, some tact and self-restraint. I've been impressed with that. It's just that..." He pauses, tapping his chin absently with two fingers. "With you, does he often talk about feeling threatened or in danger? He - gives one the impression of a child who feels quite unsafe in the world." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He...is a child who feels quite unsafe in the world. The tribe he grew up in is regularly raided by its neighbors. His father was killed in one of those raids, a year ago. His mother died in childbirth shortly after that. He was nearly killed in one, too, before he started sitting them out. He wanted to come here himself but he would've been killed for trespassing in his neighbor's territory. When he left with me we were ambushed by armed bandits who dragged him off his horse and knocked him into the river, where he almost died. He's been injured trying to defend a girl from bullies, and he doesn't understand why they don't do anything to the students in detention or what comments get you sent to a Mindhealer."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why we don't do anything– oh, you mean physical punishments? In my experience, when one is trying to train large numbers of very young and often hotheaded mages, the last thing you want is a punishment that's likely to rile them up enough to lose control of their Gifts, which is very often what earned them detention in the first place. Much better to give them a nice long boring evening to cool off and think on how not to let it happen again. Perhaps some amount of suffering is character-building, but I think the youngsters will find enough of that on their own, without canings." He shakes his head a little. "And - huh. Was it not clear to either of you why I called in a Mindhealer? I thought it obvious enough." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We don't have Mindhealers in Cheliax so I think I don't have a very good understanding of what they're employed for." She knows exactly what Nayoki is employed for.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have worked with thousands of children, over many years, and Ma'ar seems to me, to be a very troubled young man. It is - not normal for a child of his age to speak of - rape, and other assaults, in the way he does. As though it is completely ordinary to him. And he is so ruthless, in his thinking, he holds nothing sacred. Which is always a worrying sign, but especially in one as brilliant as he is, and an Adept mage." He shakes his head. "There is darkness in him. It - comes from pain, I suspect, in his past, but that does not make it less worrying." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure I know what you mean. But maybe everyone in Cheliax is troubled, as compared to a place as peaceful as this one. Is it rude, in Tantara, to talk about rape?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho blinks. Clears his throat again. "I - see. 'Rude' is not how I would put it, exactly, but - well, it would not be considered healthy or proper, to speak of it to youngsters, we should of course not shelter them too much, but - there is a right amount. And I think Ma'ar has never been sheltered from the world's horrors, starting from an age at which he cannot help but, well, be damaged by them. The Mindhealer tells me he is incredibly distrustful and has very few friends, and seems to expect threats everywhere. Which is not a healthy way for a child to be. That is a large part of what I am worried about." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Children Ma'ar's age can both commit and suffer rape, whether or not you tell them what it is. That does not seem like a safe thing to say at all. 

He didn't know who the Mindhealer was or what they wanted or how they were reading his mind, no wonder he was distrustful. That doesn't seem like a safe thing to say either. 

"I think that the fight with the other kids was something of a setback for him," she says. "And I think it's hard, in class, when he knows he did something wrong but not what. I would be worried if he were responding by doubling down or getting angry or being scared all the time, or if he seemed to expect bad things in contexts where there wasn't any reason to. When he tells me about his fears, though, they seem moderate, and well-reasoned. He'll be afraid that the children he got in a fight with will retaliate, and then avoid them for a couple days and then decide that at that point they're not likely to, and stop worrying about it..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm." Urtho nods, and then looks past her into the distance, fingers playing with the edge of his notepad. 

"- He is the one I end up fighting, is he not," he says finally. It's not a question. "Or - would have. Who the other me fought. He - grows up to become Leareth, who conquered Cheliax with his army." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I wasn't sure at first, but - yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was not sure but it seemed likely. He - is someone who seeks power, seeks to be in control, because he fears what will happen otherwise. I cannot blame him for it, given his past, but it is nonetheless alarming to me, and - I think I understand better, now, how he could have frightened me badly enough that I would wage war with my own student." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is mostly of the opinion that this is stupid!!

"When he talks about his plans for the future, he actually mostly doesn't talk about - fearing what will happen to him otherwise. I think he knows he could be comfortable here forever, doing magic research. He talks about - how there are lots of people pointlessly dying and he wants to protect them. I think the thing he wants to do is very hard. I've told him that. But I don't think it is mostly coming from fear."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho looks thoughtful. A bit surprised. "I see. I confess it makes me nervous that - I am certain I would have tried to help him, to - teach him to follow the path of light rather than of darkness, regardless of what information I had or lacked about his future. The fact that in another world it went the way you described, means that I failed." He lets out his breath, slow and unsteady. "And - I find myself at a loss for words, often, in class with him. There seems to be such a wide gulf between us, in how we think, and I am not sure I know how to cross it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sometimes after class he comes to me with whatever was being debated, and we talk about it. He makes sense to me. Probably because, being from Cheliax, I have some things in common with him. But often I can't explain your reasoning to him, because I don't know it myself. I would be happy to try, if you wanted that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Yes, I would appreciate that. I - do you understand why I think it is risky, for already-powerful mages to seek political power as well?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can think of lots of reasons for that worry, though I don't know which one is yours specifically."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - think it is not good for us, limited mortals as we are, to have too much power. It warps our minds. It - makes it too easy to believe what is convenient, to find stories for why we should be able to do what we want, when in fact the reason is just that no one else has the power to stop us. And - I think that the world tends to become a worse one, when power is in the hands of a small number of people, whose lives have little in common with those of ordinary folk. Does that make sense?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems very hard, to make sure that places are ruled well and not badly, and usually it goes worse when the rulers have nothing in common with the people they rule - don't even see them as the same kind of person - most places are harsher to their colonies, and to their nonhuman populations, and to their women, in places where only men can rule.

 

With all due respect I am not really sure you would have - more power, in any way that affects your life - if you were a King."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Really? That is a very surprising claim to me. I do not set the laws in Tantara, or command its army, and I think that is for the better." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you command its army. In the war we are going to prevent. The weapons that destroyed the world were not the King's, and not Leareth's. And - are there laws that have substantially changed how you operate your tower and city and peoples and school? I look at it and I - don't see things that look like someone else decided how they're shaped."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I end up commanding the army of Tantara?" Urtho gives her an appalled look. "Goodness. I am very glad we know to avert that, it sounds terrible. I would be hopeless at it. The weapons part is...a good point, I suppose, though I still think there are very few circumstances that could drive me to use them."

He rubs the tip of his nose. "I suppose King Leodhan does have substantial trust in me, and allows me to run the Tower and its academy as I see fit, because he thinks I am more qualified than he is. His father thought the same, or at least did not wish to be bothered with the details of magical training. And - perhaps there is a kind of political power, in my position here, in a sense the school is like its own tiny country and I do lead it." He grimaces. "Which is my least favourite part, honestly, but everybody seems to expect it of me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's why most wizards in my world don't have political power, they don't want it, they want to spend all their time studying magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And - what would you say it means, that Ma'ar feels differently?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I think he'd also like to spend all of his time studying magic, but not so much he'll abandon his tribe and his country for it. I think - almost anyone would be moved to help the herders in Predain, if they were right here, and he's mostly unusual in that it's not very attenuated by how far it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you understand why he feels it is his personal responsibility to help Predain? I - think most young boys his age would not take that burden upon themselves, and I am not convinced it is good for him, that he does." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think he would be - happy to entrust it to someone else, if there were someone else to entrust it to. In my world he could join a paladin order."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- But you think that, in fact, he believes there is literally no one else in the world who will take up this mission if he were to set it down, or even share its weight with him? I - that would fit, I think, with what I have seen of him. I confess I am not sure how anybody could live that way. It would crush me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "People are different. Some would find it more crushing to believe that other people could have helped before his parents died and his siblings and cousins and neighbors starved, and didn't bother."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho doesn't seem to know what to say to this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably that was very offensive. She's so tired. "The morning you Gated us here, we went to the entrance to the College, told them we were expecting a Gate. Ma'ar noticed the guard thinking about how much of a fuss Ma'ar looked likely to make if instead he raped me. I think that's where he got the idea that guards shouldn't be able to do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. That - makes sense. Was it...usual, for him to read everyone's mind like that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When I met him he'd un-taught himself how to use Mindspeech at all because it was upsetting, hearing his mom die, but then when we were ambushed on the road and he nearly died I told him that it's possible to - scan for minds, even if you're not listening to them, and then we'd have warning about the next ambush. I think he was still practicing that, and didn't have that much finesse with it yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Urtho sighs heavily. He, too, looks very tired. "Well, I think he is lucky to have you in his life, and I am glad he is able to share his thoughts and feelings with you. It - seems much better, than the original version of our history, where I assume he had nothing like that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think he - looked to you for that. It - meant the world to him, even two thousand years later, seeing you again."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." Urtho blinks. Clears his throat. "I - gods - it must have hurt him so very much, what happened between us. I expect most people would never forgive me for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth had a funny sort of outlook about people. It was very hard to make him angry. Hell made him angry. But if you weren't torturing millions of people I don't know how you'd do it. I think - it was a long, awful, painful road, but he grew into all the odd things about him, the ambition, the wanting to save the whole world, the not trusting anyone, he figured out the habits that go with those things so they aren't dangerous or - unsustainable, or lonely - 

- I want that for Ma'ar. I think it can't possibly - things going awfully can't be necessary to get him there."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho nods, though his expression is that of someone who isn't quite sure he understands. "I hope you are right. Anyway, I think I have said all that I had to say. I - will try my best to be patient with him and understanding of our differences." Pause. "He does not know, right, that - he would have fought me...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. I - know that you were part of what made him - who he is. I didn't want to take that from him. I think he should know eventually, but - I guess I do believe in shielding children from some things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand. I will try my best to - be that person, for him." He rises from his chair. "Thank you for helping me understand better." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. Thank you, for everything you do here, and - if you want to talk more about how Ma'ar sees the world, I am happy to try to explain."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I appreciate the offer." Urtho escorts her politely to the door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- and then locks it and turns and looks unhappily at nothing in particular. Maybe it's unfair in half a dozen different ways, for Ma'ar to scare him this much, but - he does. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa was expecting to be upset.

She is, instead, past upset, and walks calmly back to her room and gets started on magic item enchanting and can't actually think about the conversation closely enough to get upset about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is back from class at his usual time, and seems to be in about his usual mood for recently, quiet but otherwise cheerful enough. He flings his bookbag down on the sofa. "When's dinner?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't started it yet." She does this, leaving off in the middle of a spell-laying even though that'll spoil almost an hour of work. "How was your day?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine." He flops down and puts his feet up on the arm of the sofa. "- Is something wrong?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm? Not that I know of. Urtho asked about you, today, and explained the Mindhealer thing. Apparently children are supposed to pretend they don't know what rape is until they're grown, so he thought there was something wrong with you. If any of your classmates get raped you should tell them to come here, I can't do the thing I'd do for me for them but at least I don't have to pretend that nothing has ever happened to anyone until they were sixteen."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I - guess that's good to know. ...Are you mad. You seem kind of mad." Well, mostly she seems quiet and controlled and calm, but he knows how he is sometimes when he's very angry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's kind of a stupid policy but it's his tower."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does seem stupid but I guess at least I know what I was in trouble for now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's not thinking of it as 'in trouble', though if he was that'd be better honestly. He's thinking of it as - damaged? Children are supposed to be cute and innocent and trusting, and it scares him, that you're not."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar sits up, suddenly very tense. He doesn't even know what to say

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. 

"I don't know what to do about that," he says finally, plaintively. "I don't mean to scare him - I don't want to, it seems - dangerous - but...I don't understand what he wants..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know what to do about it either. I'm scared. I understand what he wants but I don't see how you can possibly do it, and you'd lose so much of you, I don't want that for you..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar snuggles up closely against her; he's not normally that kind of clingy, but he's not normally this scared lately.

"Maybe you can try to explain what he wants, and then I'll - figure out if it's something where I can pretend...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. So - you're born in Tantara. I'm guessing, here, but I don't think I'm wildly off - you're born in Tantara. Tantara is prosperous and lovely. If someone hurts you it happens once and they get caught and punished and everyone gives you extra love and support, so you get through the awful out-of-nowhere unlikely thing of someone hurting you. And even poor families can send their mage children to Urtho, and they know it, so even if your family is very poorly off, as soon as you're a mage, they proudly take you through those fancy Gates to the Tower and it's - big, and beautiful, and lovely, and if you just work hard you can be everything in the world, and you feel safe and at home, and you trust people, and you make friends with children like you, and you learn ethics from your betters who understand more than you about whether it's a problem if people compulsion their servants, and you aspire to be the best mage researcher in the whole world, and invent new techniques, and maybe you remember that one winter your family was hungry so you start a soup kitchen in the city where your family lives, and feel very good about yourself. 

Urtho sees lots of children like that and they feel very safe to him, he understands them, he can predict them. He wants that. He wants you to feel safe and trust people and believe that the world is not fundamentally broken and accordingly trust them, when they explain to you the right way to do things in it, and he wants you to want to improve the world in some fashion not more ambitious than his own. You could tell him you wanted to build a Tower and city like this one, I think that'd be fine. And he wants you to believe that people are good and nice and the world doesn't have problems in it like rampaging armies that rape and pillage, or that if it does they're very far away and the grownups are taking care of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I...think I understand that. I don't know if I can pretend that I think it's true. - Could you pretend the thing to him, did he trust you...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I probably could. I don't think I did a good job of it this time, because I didn't want to - not defend you - but I'm good at pretending, and being the shape that's safest. It's not a harder thing to believe than Asmodeanism. But -

 

 

- I want to tell you about Leareth. I told you - a bit about him, I want to tell you more than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm - glad you wanted to defend me. Even though it must've been really scary." He leans on her. "You can tell me about Leareth."

He doesn't quite see the connection, yet, but if Carissa thinks it's important then he trusts her. 

...It's odd, actually, noticing how true that is. He doesn't know how to pretend he trusts people in general, much less actually trust them, but he trusts Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The fighting was all over very quickly, in Corentyn. I was on leave - first time in two years, because I'd been at the Worldwound - my parents got word we were supposed to evacuate directly to Hell and I got word we were supposed to make people do that, and they'd wrangled something to get a portal. By the time we got there it'd been shut down. I told my family to go home and stay there and I made myself invisible and made it out to over by the docks and read peoples' minds and learned the city'd surrendered, a day later. There were Velgarth mages enforcing order. There was a curfew. Word had it that everyone at the Worldwound had been turned to stone. I debated whether it was safer to go home or to not go home - I figured they wouldn't track down and execute everyone in the old army, that's all your wizards, that'd be insane, but I didn't know, and I was pretty sure I could pass a loyalty test once I knew who I was supposed to be loyal to - they were saying it was Aroden, I barely knew anything about Aroden except that he'd been a god, and died, Asmodeus had killed him -

I considered pretending not to be a wizard until I was sure they weren't going to kill us all but it's not exactly safer to be less valuable, to conquerers. I paid for a new place, just so as to leave my parents out of it. I figured I'd retrain into wondrous items so it wasn't conspicious I'd been in the army, and make magic items but not interesting ones, until things had settled down, until I could bribe the new leadership whoever they were.

We learned more. Aroden hadn't died for real when Asmodeus killed him. He'd just been - thrown into a human body, somehow. And he'd built up an army to take his country back. And found mages from another world, called Velgarth, who were very powerful and could all do Gates. And he didn't want anyone to go to Hell and had lots of diamonds and was offering Atonements to anyone who wanted them, through the church of Abadar and the church of Iomedae. I went and got one. From Abadar, I figured I'd rather be neutral than good. I did it. Iomedae picked me, not long after that. And a week later she sent me a vision, of a man that I eventually figured out was Leareth. He was Aroden's heir. People assumed he was his son. He was a Velgarth mage - mage and Mindspeaker -

I made a false identity as a really weak wizard who could barely cast the laundry spell, and applied for a job at the palace, so I could learn about him. Figure out what Iomedae wanted."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's so many things! Ma'ar curls up against Carissa and makes listening noises, and tenses every so often at the scary-sounding parts. 

"That's - good, of Aroden. To make it so people wouldn't go to Hell. ...It sounds really hard and scary to spy on someone who has Thoughtsensing though..." She's telling the story now already knowing the ending, he thinks, but she must've been so confused and frightened at the time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I made myself an amulet that I thought would make it work and I meant to mostly not be in the same room as him. I figured he couldn't be reading everybody all the time, and I could try to mostly be thinking normal things. But - it was obviously very dangerous. You shouldn't try to spy on Kings. I was feeling very bold, I guess, between the Atonement so I'd just go to Axis anyway and Iomedae choosing me. I figured if I got caught they would take me apart over a couple of weeks and then I'd be in Axis. And that - the fate of Cheliax might be at stake.

Leareth was very paranoid and very competent. He was a cleric of Abadar. Lawful neutral god of cities and prosperity, I've mentioned I think. He wore a lot of magic artifacts he'd made." She gestures at her own. "The army from Velgarth was his, not Aroden's, he'd allied with Aroden to fight Hell. It didn't seem like he'd done it for the country, though Aroden plainly intended to give it to him. He was friends with Vanyel, a very very powerful mage who made all the diamonds for them. He spent a lot of his time planning with Aroden, a lot doing magic research. He wasn't friendly with the servants, which made my job harder. I bonded with a familiar - which is something that wizards can do - and picked a cactus, and designed an artifact that would hide the cactus's thoughts, and planted it in their conference room - and I learned that, uh, the Velgarth gods hated Leareth. Because they see the world through Foresight, and he kept trying to fix it, to introduce new technologies, doing things that made the future harder for them to see. They'd assassinated him several times - he had a backup plan - and recently they'd sent some of their loyalists to Golarion, to kill him here. 

I got caught. Shortly after that. They weren't mad. They explained that Leareth had - asked Iomedae for a Chelish wife."

Permalink Mark Unread

It just keeps getting more bizarre and overwhelming, and at the part about Velgarth gods he shivers and curls up more tightly, and then...

"- Leareth had what? That - you can do that - why would gods even care about that -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They don't normally but Aroden's friends with Iomedae I think? It was very overwhelming. Gods can see how people are shaped, sort of, in a very weird abstract sense that doesn't correspond much to what we see, and so she could - search all of Cheliax, for the person who was closest to the right shape to help him be a good King of Cheliax." Headshake. "Anyway. He told me about himself. He said that he was - two thousand years old, he'd used magic to make himself immortal. He doesn't remember his first life, not really, he's died too many times since then, but he wanted to fix everything in the world - all the worlds, when there turned out to be lots of them - and he tried conquest and he tried empire-building and he tried research and he tried invention and he'd finally decided to try making a god of his own. And he said that his plan was to keep trying, to fight Hell someday, to fix all of the worlds, and we'd lose sometimes, but - but every thing we could possibly win was worth fighting for -

He was born in Velgarth in Urtho's time. They were the ones who fought the war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." Ma'ar holds himself very still, absorbing it. An entire minute passes in silence.

"That's..." He doesn't have words for what it is. 

The world starting to make sense, maybe, when it never has before, a thousand fragments falling into alignment. 

The stars, and the lights spread out below them, and Leareth spending two thousand years fighting the gods to make there be more lights. 

...The opposite of loneliness - the opposite of the empty lost feeling when Father died and when Mother died - except somehow the opposite of those feelings turns out to be an emotion that hurts just as much. 

And Carissa was the one person in an entire country who was the best shape to help him fix Cheliax, and fight Hell, and win everything that they could. Somehow that's absurd and makes perfect sense at the same time. And...means he's very lucky, and also it's suddenly much more stressful knowing that wherever he is now, whatever he's doing, Leareth is doing it without Carissa there, he must be so upset. 

"So he's - here," he says, or hears himself say, it seems like whatever's moving his lips is a long way away. "And - we have to stop the war–"

He freezes, because the hypothesis which is both utterly insane and blindingly obvious is coming together, now, and he doesn't know how he didn't guess sooner, and it feels like he's going to come apart and everything hurts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

 

"It wasn't your fault. Urtho started it."

Permalink Mark Unread

This doesn't really make him feel better at all. "It doesn't - it still happened. Because of him–" no he has to say it even though it's somehow incredibly hard, "- because of me. Urtho isn't stupid, he must've thought - I don't know what - but I would've had to have...done something so stupid...and, and almost ended the world." He swallows against the painful pressure in his throat. "Maybe - Urtho is right to be scared of me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"I think Leareth thought that his mistake was - obvious once you have enough knowledge of history, but he didn't have it at the time, he couldn't have - he conquered all the neighboring warlords, for Predain, and Tantara got scared - and he used blood-magic, for public works projects, and compulsions to keep his soldiers in line, and he still did those things when he needed to, two thousand years later, he wasn't wrong to think it was sometimes the right tradeoff for his goals, he just got better at tracking all the costs -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He can tell that she’s trying to reassure him but he’s mostly too miserable to even process the words. It feels hard to breathe, almost like when he was drowning in the river, which is an incredibly stupid side effect to have from being upset.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hugs him and doesn't say anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually Ma’ar makes an effort to control his breathing. “You - thought it would help. To tell me. I’m - I want to know what’s true, what I - really am.” He’s shaking. “I don’t - how do I - I don’t know how to - not be someone who breaks things like that...”

He’s not sure if this is right but it feels true, overwhelmingly so.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you won't do it now that you know it's even possible to do. He didn't. He didn't know Urtho had weapons that could do that. I think there are other subtler mistakes but that - I think you just won't do it. If Urtho goes to war with you you'll - surrender, or run away, or something, you won't try to beat him -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "It would be really stupid to have a war with him. I - guess I wouldn't've known that. The other time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Squeeze. "I think probably you should not plan to improve Predain by conquest until after he's dead, maybe longer than that. I think you had a lot of the interlocking pieces, when you tried it last time, but not all of them, especially about things like geopolitics and what makes countries terrified of their neighbors coming for them next."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That - makes sense - but I can't just leave it the way it is, I have to do something about it."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I said earlier I think if you wanted to build a Tower like his, that'd be the kind of ambition he'd find less threatening, and it'd be a pretty good power base from which to do more after that. And you could feed people, enforce the laws, try other things on a small scale and see what works well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm."

He takes a few deep breaths. This - does not do very much to make the situation feel any less overwhelming. His mind is trying to have way too many thoughts at once and they're getting tangled up in each other. 

One thing at a time. The first thing can be hugging Carissa more tightly until he feels calmer and more able to go through thoughts in linear order. 

"I guess I have time to grow up first. If it took the other me two thousand years and he still hadn't fixed everything, then I think that means I shouldn't rush. And - you probably know things about mistakes the other me made later too. So I can try to be smarter and more careful, and..." 

And there's no guarantee it'll be enough. He knows that much about how reality works. 

"...Carissa?" and he turns his head to look at her, "you - think it's good that someone grew up to be Leareth, right? Even if he - I - caused a lot of damage. Is that why you wanted to help me find Urtho?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I think it's really important that someone grew up to be Leareth. I wasn't willing to - pay so much for it - you wouldn't want me to - but I want that. I am trying for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Then - I'll try too. ...I don't know why it feels scarier and harder, to grow up to be Leareth, than - just to do what I was already meaning to do, to try to fix things and not stop. That must be what the other me was doing, he didn't know who he would be in two thousand years. And it should be easier, really, to do it when I - know some of where I should end up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know. I don't know how fragile it is, ending up like him. ...I think not very fragile because sometimes he'd come back with only a few dozen memories, and he could rebuild it from there - but he had his notes - but I don't think the notes were instructions on how to be him, not exactly, I've seen him take notes, he just notes what happened... I think there's something to what he is that isn't about what happened, and you've got it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He fidgets. "How long did it take you to figure that out. Once you found me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wondered right away, because - Nefreti had told us, that the same story is told again and again in different worlds. But I wasn't sure. I was more sure when you said you were going to fight Asmodeus for all his dead people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you read my mind, to try to figure out?" It seems like the obviously smart thing to have done. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. For the first couple days, I haven't done it since we got here because I am not sure if it's allowed."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. Goes quiet again for a while. 

"Does Urtho know?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He guessed. That's part of why I'm telling you now. I preferred he not guess but - I don't think it would've been wise to try to keep the war secret, and once he knew about the war it was only a matter of time. He doesn't know you know. I told him I hadn't told you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Warning him about the war seems like the most important," Ma'ar agrees. "It - seems easier to pretend I still don't know. I think I can do it when I'm around him. I don't think I can pretend to - be innocent and trusting, and I'm worried he wouldn't believe it anyway, if he knows." Shrug. "I'm really glad you're here and that I don't have to pretend with you. It...must've been harder for the other me. Not having that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know how he got here all on his own. It must've been so dangerous. He must've been so scared. And so alone.

 


This is what the letter is about. You can read it now, if you'd like."

Permalink Mark Unread

He considers that for a while. "I think I should read it. Is it - mostly just things you already told me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. And advice about - I don't know if the other world still exists, or if I got pulled back in time and - undid it. But if I undid it then you should invent interdimensional Gates at some point in the next thousand years and warn Aroden about the people who'll betray him before he dies."

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes rigid. "I - hadn't realized. I guess it makes sense, that - if you got sent back in time and changed things then maybe the grownup me stopped existing." Shiver. "I'm - sorry. That he's not here, and it's just...me instead...it must not be the same for you at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm pretty mad at Nefreti. Unless it was this or nothing, I guess this is better than nothing. She could've brought Leareth with me, somehow. I don't have any idea if she could've done that. I don't know whether it's that or other worlds, but - he was very good at magic, and Aroden was very very good at magic, and they would've looked."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe if it's very very very far away, it would take them a lot of looking? Or - maybe time doesn't even go the same speed in different worlds. He could be still looking for you and just hasn't gotten here yet." Ma'ar has no idea how likely this is compared to the other way, but it seems plausible. "And we can look. Once I know how to do Gates." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." Squeeze. "And I think the gods don't hate you in particular yet and we should keep it that way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmmhmm. If I were them, I'd be mad at me too for getting the world almost destroyed. And - I'll be careful and not do things too fast and make sure I have everything figured out first." He squirms a little. "...Did the other me try to talk to them? It - seems like it might be smarter to do that first, before I try any of the things that they wouldn't like. But it might also scare them by itself, I don't know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He tried really hard and didn't get anywhere and one time they lit him on fire for trying. It might be safer now when they don't hate you but I wouldn't want to take the chance, really."

Permalink Mark Unread

He curls up smaller again. Being lit on fire sounds horrible, even if it's only once and not the thing Asmodeus does. 

"- Do you know how the other me got to be immortal. I can figure it out if he did, probably, but I have no idea where to start right now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"A bunch of things. Most of them were perfectly nice and didn't survive the cataclysm. One of them was a - setup to hijack people descended from him and put his soul in their bodies and take over from them. That one did."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar sucks in his breath. "I really hope I can make one of the better ones work this time! I guess if we don't let the Cataclysm happen that'd help." He shudders a bit, and then goes silent again, calming himself down. "Okay, I can read the letter now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She bypasses her arcane lock for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes the letter, and then closes his eyes for thirty seconds before actually reading it. It's extremely unclear to him what the point is of being scared, here, but he is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar,

I love you and I trust you to stay safe and do important things. There is something I never told you about the war. I am almost certain that it was fought between you and Urtho. I am almost certain that you are the mage I knew as Leareth, who told me two thousand years later ...

...I am sure you will be trying to figure out what mistakes you made. I think one is that you have to meet people well past halfway, to stand a chance of building something with them. In two thousand years you spend several decades trying to explain yourself to Vanyel, not even thinking it might work, just because the chance was there and you were the sort of person who would take every chance you could, to cooperate with people, even when it almost never worked. I think the thing with Abadar is sort of similar, actually. ...

...I don't think I am a pattern that will make a splash every time, even if they reincarnate me. I'm not going to tell you whether or not to spend time looking but I won't feel betrayed if you don't, I am not expecting you to, and I would be surprised if it worked. 

Please be careful, and don't give up, and if you ever figure out Gates between worlds warn Aroden that the chaotic good gods will betray him for the chance to break Foresight forever.

- Carissa

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar reads it through twice and then, somewhat to his surprise, finds that he cannot read it a third time because he appears to be crying and the letters on the page are too blurred to make out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

The other Ma'ar wouldn't have had anyone to hug him. It must've been so much harder. 

It's kind of baffling, how long he cries for. He almost never cries, and he's not even sure what the emotion he's feeling to cause it is. The best he can name it is as the opposite of a lot of things, the opposite of loneliness, the opposite of despair, even the opposite of fear, and for some inexplicable reason all of those are apparently the crying sort of feeling. 

Eventually it doesn't hurt as much and he's mostly very very tired, and drifting toward actually falling asleep right there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will nudge them towards the bed but not actually dispute this as a next activity. 

 

She locks the letter again, even though no one here speaks the language.

Permalink Mark Unread

In the morning it's not really less overwhelming, but Ma'ar is at least able to decide not to cry about it. He eats a very subdued breakfast, and hugs Carissa, and goes to class. 

It feels incredibly surreal, to be walking around the Tower, sitting with other children, and all the time knowing what none of them know. None of them have any inkling that the universe is wider and stranger and more terrifying than even he had realized before now. 

For the next few days he comes home at lunch rather than eating in the dining hall, and hugs Carissa and sometimes cries.

The slight swell of her pregnant belly was already very salient to him but it holds a different meaning, now. 

It's very hard to focus in class, and for the first time he brings home a test with a poor grade - and can't even care, at all, the scope of it is so much smaller and pettier than the world he knows about now. He - is probably not less concerning or frightening to his teachers, right now, and he knows he needs to fix that but he keeps feeling like his mind is a thousand miles away from the classroom - or a thousand years in its future - and that makes it hard to get his face to do things on purpose. 

Within a week, though, somehow, impossibly, he's - kind of used to it? It doesn't seem like the sort of thing a person should be able to just get used to, but he remembers feeling that way too when Father and Mother died, and - it didn't get any less awful but the sharp edges of it in his mind got worn down, so it was less startling. This is the same.

He asks Carissa a lot of questions about Leareth. Often she doesn't know the answers, and he's not even sure it's helpful, to - focus on the surface, when Leareth had presumably been all sorts of different people in the intervening years. With the same core, which Carissa thinks he already has. 

He starts making up his own pretend language, or cipher, to take notes in that no one else can read. (Maybe Carissa can with translation magic, but that's fine). He will write down what happened, and also how he felt about it, less because he thinks he would forget and more because it helps to make sense of. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Two weeks pass before Urtho summons Carissa again, but eventually he does. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's scared, and tired, and wishes she'd reliably be told the night before, but if Ma'ar, who is a tiny child, can pull himself together, she can do it. She meets him with several weeks worth of distractions, and if there's not as much progress as there should be, well, he probably won't notice. And she can blame it on the baby, who kicks, sometimes, at night.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho again seems more preoccupied than usual, but grateful for the distractions, and definitely not paying enough attention to the passage of time to notice that this is less progress than ought to fit into a fortnight. 

Permalink Mark Unread

At some point there's a knock on the door, and Urtho very apologetically answers. It's Lady Cinnabar, the young noblewoman teacher who worked with Ma'ar when he didn't know the language yet. She tugs Urtho out into the hall for a whispered conversation. Glances at Carissa, with an odd expression, before slipping out with him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho's back a minute later, shutting and locking the door. "I am so sorry about that." He stops where he is, frowning and tapping his foot. "...I, er, this is rather awkward to bring up, but - Lady Cinnabar is an Empath. She - told me that you're very frightened right now, and I -" Fidget. "I cannot understand why - am I, did I say something wrong...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

- stupid Gift. The most unfair one of all of them. "You...haven't done anything," she says, "but you're very powerful, and I'm Chelish."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. He sits down again, folds his hands over his knee. "I think I do not understand Cheliax very well, and - perhaps it is important that I understand better. Since..." he stares past her at the bookshelf, "since it seems relevant to - why you understand Ma'ar better than I do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Maybe. 

 

I'm scared to talk about it, because - because you see Ma'ar as broken, because he isn't innocent, and I am much much less innocent than him, and I am not the kind of person who starts wars, I am small and obedient and do what I'm told, but if the thing that scares you about Ma'ar is that he is friendless and doesn't trust people -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho blinks. Rubs a hand over his face. "I - is that the impression I have given you? I...do not wish, I did not mean, to make either of you feel less safe here in the Tower than you would otherwise, because you - come from places that are much worse... I am so sorry. I have been thinking, since we last spoke, and -" Another heavy sigh. "Ma'ar has been greatly wronged already, and it would be horrifically ironic if I go on to wrong him more because I see the effects it had on him. I - am trying to find a better way to think about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I - appreciate that." And don't really believe it, but, she believes he believes it, and maybe that's a way to make it true.

 

"Cheliax was ruled for the last ninety years by Asmodeus, with the intent to make it somewhere where everyone would be ruled Evil and sentenced to Hell where they could be his servants forever. Children learned in school that this was their duty and eventual fate, and that the thing that really mattered about them - the core of them that would be useful to Asmodeus - was endangered by the activity of dissidents and rebels who wanted to teach defiance and undermine the rule of law and make Cheliax weak and the souls of its people worthless. There were public executions, of such dissidents, after church every week, it wasn't exactly illegal to not go but it would certainly get you investigated, if you seemed to be doing something else at the time, or not looking, or not applauding. They read our minds, every month or so, asked us questions about our devotion to Asmodeus and to Cheliax, dragged people off if they thought something wrong.

I didn't know anyone powerful or important, because it'd be stupid to know anyone powerful and important, because you might learn something you weren't supposed to know and get killed, or they might want something you couldn't do and interpret your failure as disobedience, or they might - think you were pretty - in Cheliax if you tried to wield power and you didn't know exactly who your enemies were and have plans to crush them if you needed to you'd get killed, right away, by someone who was better at the game, so someone in power who acts like they don't know the game is making fun of you, they're telling a lie that you can't possibly be expected to believe, and someone who won't tell you when they'd get fed up and kill you is very dangerous because either they don't know or they want you to be scared all the time, and you won't be able to see it coming or steer yourself to safety. 

I know it's not like that here. I know that Leareth thought very highly of you and he's careful and he's not stupid and - and I know no one else here is careful, at all, and they're fine. But - but I can't trust that it'll work out all right, either, because last time there was a war. And I don't believe you mean me harm, but I have no real idea when you'd start, or what you'd consider it appropriate to do, if you did - I said I don't know anything about Mindhealers but I've met one, I know they can take you apart and put you back together in a more convenient shape -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is making various shades of horrified face, and keeps looking like he wants to say something but is holding back, listening, being patient. 

He interrupts at the final bit, though. "I - what - I suppose I should not be surprised, Cheliax sounds like - that sort of place - but to do that would be a horrific and terribly unethical abuse of Mindhealing! Here it is not considered acceptable at all to do anything with Mindhealing without the patient's agreement - you did not know that, how could you have - I am sorry..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't write the rules down anywhere where people can consult them without anyone knowing they had to consult them, I have no idea what they are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. I had not considered that I ought write the rules down like that - perhaps I should..." He rubs his eyes again. "Cheliax is the country that your Leareth conquered and took from Asmodeus, yes? I - begin to see what you mean, about why that needed to happen, I am not generally in favour of conquest but in a case like that -" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. He was changing it so that people mostly don't go to Hell."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I - am very sorry. That sounds like a terrible sort of place to grow up." He frowns. "You knew Leareth, though? You - were willing to be close to someone very powerful, in his case. How did he manage to earn your trust?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The gods, in our world, can choose people to act as their servants in the Material World. They grant them power in exchange for - acting to strengthen Their church and advance Their aims. Shortly after I did an Atonement at the direction of the new regime, Iomedae, a Chelish woman who was a warrior-priest of Aroden's and became a god eight hundred years ago, chose me. I had been planning to lie low and not do anything dangerous or interesting but I thought it seemed good, to have a god choose you, and I tried to discretely do some research about what kind of god she was and it seemed like her church was doing good work in making the conquest go as gently as it could for people but I didn't get very far before she sent me - visions of Leareth, and very vague instructions I understood to oblige me to - get close to him, learn something about him.


I figured it had to be important. And I figured it would almost definitely get me killed, if I was caught, but - but he was going to be the King, if he was a danger to my country I had to know, and if he was in danger maybe I was supposed to stop it. So I got a job at the palace and spied on him, with a lot of magic items I'd custom-made to get away with it. It was very dangerous. It was easier to do very dangerous things at that point because I was lined up for Axis if I died and Axis is nice. I figured that if I found anything I'd take it to Aroden, and he might be lenient if it was very important. And if I got caught, well, lots of people get tortured to death and they're not any worse for the wear afterwards and I'm not unusually weak or something. 

I got caught. They were - very kind, and patient, I thought they were making fun of me - and once the situation was explained Aroden announced he was going to scold Iomedae for scaring me, and they were very oddly insistent that I was free to leave if I wanted to, and I agreed to stay while they explained, and Leareth explained that ...that he'd asked Her to find him a wife. Expecting that She'd, you know, introduce us, but gods don't work like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes such a face about the torture part.

“- So you are...married, to Leareth? Ma’ar’s adult self? That - must feel very odd for you.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Little bit. I'm not - planning to marry Ma'ar when he grows up, or anything, that seems like a terrible idea on every possible level. But - yes. We got married. I told him I needed a month to think about it and fled the country but - I thought about it, I looked at all of the things they were doing, I came back. Iomedae had said I could trust him. I don't think I possibly could have, without that."

Permalink Mark Unread

“You trust Iomedae?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Well. I think She doesn't exist yet. But - in my timeline I trusted Her."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, thoughtful. “It - sounds as though Leareth would also have been surprised by your expectation of being tortured to death? He - does not sound like a man who would default to doing that. To be honest I have difficulty imagining Ma’ar growing up to be - sadistic, in that way, for all his ruthlessness. It is not the dimension on which he seems troubled.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's not. He was surprised, and - upset that he hadn't fought Asmodeus sooner - I tried explaining to him why it's strategic to torture spies to death, because I wasn't very safe if the situation was just that he wasn't familiar with the argument, but - actually he just cares a lot about people being okay -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, slowly.

“People like him - do frighten me. But he is not a man who commands an army, yet, he is a scared child, and - it would be deeply unfair of me, to cause him further hurts by fearing his future. I hope to do better but I am not sure how or what he needs. I do not think I understand men like him very well.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think - the reason for most of the rules about being decent to people are that what matters isn't really the direct results, what matter is power, and who has more license to wield it, and who has more license to object, and he's very patient about learning that. But if you just say, that's bad, so we don't do it, then he doesn't have any idea why it's wrong and has to try to derive it himself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that what most of the rules are about? I...confess it is a framing on it that does not come easily to me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you think of most of the rules as being about?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. Treating others fairly, the way one would want others to treat oneself... And not hurting people for one's own gain, of course. We cannot make kindness of heart a rule, it does not work like that, but - I hope that the students here will learn to be kind and moral people, and not merely people who do not break the law." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm, so about - improving the students, not improving the world? The sort of thing that in my world would be about making sure they get a nice afterlife?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I suppose that might be the best way to translate it, yes. Obviously I do think it is part of a mage's duty, to give back to our world, but... I am not sure how to explain this. I - think it is dangerous, to feel responsibility for too much, on too large a scale. It - drives people to reach beyond their capacities, to act in areas where they lack the skill to do only good and not harm. It drives people to seek power, and very often they are not as responsible with it as they believe themselves to be, and - there is a slippery slope there, of doing terrible evils and rationalizing them as being for the greater good -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"So, improving the students not the world, because if the students are motivated to try to improve the world, they'll end up making it worse, so the best thing that can be done for the world is directing ambition away from it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I would not have chosen to put it that way, but - I suppose that is not wrong, as a description of what I believe. I do think it is possible to make the world much better by one's efforts - I like to think my Tower has done so. I simply fear that to do so by seeking power over the lives of others is especially risky." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And if you're making policy for a whole school, thousands of people, teaching them something risky isn't a good idea, because even if a hundred of them run off and do something good, one that runs off and does something bad can do a lot of damage."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that is right. And - there is an asymmetry, here, I think. The world is very complicated and its problems are hard to understand, so most changes on a large scale will make it worse, and it takes far less skill to cause massive harm by accident than to have one's large-scale plans for improvement work as intended. I would trust almost no one with absolute power for that reason, including myself." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that is much closer to a thing Ma'ar would understand if you said it to him."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "But would he listen - would he be willing to give up any of his ambitions?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think he would think of it as giving up on them, to conclude that the routes he meant to take to achieve that are too likely to make things worse rather than better, and he needs routes that don't risk that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I...suppose that it is an improvement. And it would be a reassuring sign, for me, if he thought my points worth listening to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think he certainly thinks that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that is something." Sigh. "He has become very quiet in my class. I find that I miss his opinions; he did not always express them with the most tact, but they enlivened our debates, there was value in that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think he was worried that he wasn't - supposed to take the stances he did, that the debates were not really the kind where every opinion is allowed. I didn't have much advice for him. In Cheliax it was always very very stupid to say your opinion on things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do think he - is poorly able to predict what will upset and frighten the other students to hear, which I suppose makes sense given his life experiences. But perhaps once he is more used to Tantara and to the Tower, I will encourage him to speak his mind again." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that would make him very happy. He likes learning about those topics. He said to me that if they are complicated and easy to do wrong, that's all the more reason for the debates, so he can learn the problems with his initial plans."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Good." Urtho smiles fondly. "He is so quick and so eager to learn. It is a wonderful thing to see in a student." He rubs his chin. "Do you have any other advice for me, on - how to understand him better, or communicate my own wisdom to him in a way he can make sense of?"  

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think - comprehensive arguments that you shouldn't try something are not as useful to him as specific arguments about what will go wrong if you do. They can be coupled with 'and I haven't thought of all the things that will go wrong, and even if you solve these you shouldn't imagine you have solved all the things that'll go wrong', but it is better to start with something that actually specifically will make the world worse if he tries it. And I think it can be helpful to - ask him to argue both sides, so you can see how he understands your perspective."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm, I can try that. I appreciate your counsel here." He bows his head briefly. "You would think that after fifty years of teaching the little ones, I would know how to do this. I - suppose I have had other students who were like them in their fear, but - he is unusually brilliant and unusually...the opposite of helpless. A person who will fight rather than flee. I think that is why he worried me more." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you were noticing something real about him. But - not something that it's hard to talk him out of, if you can explain why it makes things worse for people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope you are right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Me too."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho doesn't seem to have much else to say, after that point. He sighs again, rubs his chin some more, and eventually clears his throat and asks her to please keep explaining the project she had been showing him before Lady Cinnabar's interruption. He's his usual friendly absentminded self for the rest of their meeting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. That - probably went well? She heads back to her room and gets nothing done all afternoon all the same.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar arrives home as per usual, greets and hugs her in a preoccupied way and immediately gets out his schoolbooks for homework. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She lets him work and starts dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

He seems very focused on his assignment, but after a while it's clear that he's been staring at the same page of his book for a while. 

"- I really don't like not feeling like I can ask questions in class," he mutters finally. "This wasn't for debate class, just history, but - we were learning about a battle in this war a few centuries ago and I wanted to ask why the general leading it didn't do something that would've let him win it for Tantara, but...I was scared I would get looked at again. Or sent to the stupid Mindhealer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I'm sorry. I talked to Urtho today and he seemed to - intend to do better. And promised the Mindhealers won't do anything to you, though I know that's not the whole problem...what did you think the general should've done?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"So the trouble was that the other side had killed all his Adept and Master mages and they still had Adepts, he just had some Journeyman mages with weak Gifts and they couldn't even shield the attacks let alone fight back. But - they could've used blood-magic. I'm sure people would've volunteered - there were un-Gifted soldiers volunteering to just try to storm the other side's mages in enough force to knock them out, which would've gotten hundreds of people killed. Or if they were trained to do compulsions he could've ordered them to get in close enough to do that to the other Adepts, but I don't know if they would've known how." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does it not take training, to use blood-magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Apparently not really. They'd be - sloppy, if they hadn't ever done it, and it'd have messed up the land and weather more, but if he just needed them to make some really big fireballs, they could've done that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Was the other side using blood-magic?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dunno if they were in that battle. They'd been known to, or at least some of the mercenaries they'd hired had." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"In that case it seems like a reasonable suggestion to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I guess it's against Tantara's laws. But - generals break the law, sometimes, in war. In one of our classes the teacher said it was brave of them to, when it was a different thing that wasn't blood-magic, because he'd get demoted or kicked out of the army entirely afterward but it saved hundreds of his soldiers." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- well, if it's against the laws he shouldn't do it, because he might not be aware of the considerations that led his government to make that law, and when a powerful person like a general breaks a country's laws he's undermining the ability of his government to make any promises at all to its neighbors and allies about its conduct."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm." He thinks about this. "I - guess that makes sense. That makes it seem like it's really important to have as few laws as you can, though? Because - the government isn't aware of the considerations that'd lead a general to think it was better than losing five hundred of his soldiers trying to stupidly mob mages. Do you think that? Or am I still missing some other thing here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You want to give your generals discretion whenever it'll make them make better decisions and not worse ones. Especially if you don't have good instantaneous communications -- and those are pretty recent -- that generally meant giving them lots of discretion, because - yeah, it's hard to run a war from somewhere other than the front lines of it. But something like blood magic -- in Golarion it might affect whether paladin orders ally with you, stuff like that, it's the kind of thing where you need the bigger strategic picture and not just the immediate tactical one. Five hundred soldiers dying isn't very much of a big deal in a war if it means you preserve an alliance you need to win it, or deter the next one..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. That'd make sense. Especially in Golarion where you can just see people's alignment, and Good gods will only ally with people who aren't Evil... I wonder what alignment I'd be." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth was Lawful Evil when he first arrived and Lawful Neutral after the conquest of Cheliax."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. Aroden was Lawful Neutral too, right? And Abadar. And Asmodeus is Lawful Evil, but - it doesn't sound like Leareth was actually very much like him at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You end up Lawful Evil if you're Lawful and you kill people, not counting self-defense or fighting a justified war or whatever, and he'd done a lot of that. There are lots of entities in Hell that don't have Asmodeus's specific philosophy. ...and really I don't know that Asmodeus has that philosophy, as opposed to thinking it was useful to promulgate. Though it must've gotten people close enough he could pick them as clerics, gods can't lie about that..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He fiddles with the page of his textbook for a minute before looking up. "What does Urtho intending to do better actually mean." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He said it was unfair, to treat you worse precisely because the world had treated you worse, and he wanted to figure out a better way to think about it, and he said he missed your perspective in class, and maybe in a little while once you've learned a little more he'll try to encourage you to speak up again."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. That's..." He looks unsure for a moment, and then smiles. "I'm glad." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I am, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not often, that Ma'ar actually feels inside as though everything will be all right. But sometimes he does, for brief flashes, and this is one of those times. He puts his head down on Carissa's shoulder and closes his eyes, still smiling. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa mostly expects things to go all right, in the sense that there won't be a horrifying war and they'll figure out immortality, and expects things to not go all right, in the sense that everything she knew and was invested in has been erased from the continuity of history and can't be gotten back. Cheliax will be founded as an outlying province of Taldor, in four or five centuries.

She hugs Ma'ar and then reminds him that if he finishes his homework early they can practice arcane magic a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar grins and bounces a bit and dives back into his homework. 

Things seem to go fine, for the next while. Ma'ar comes home with stories of things he learned, and occasionally even interactions with other students. He doesn't think they seem scared of him. Maybe they've forgotten; maybe it's hard to remember when he's so little, which would be convenient really. 

Urtho meets with Carissa every fortnight or so. He's picking up more arcane magic and will delightedly tell her his theories about how it's put together, which Aroden would probably make better sense of than she can. He doesn't bring up anything about Ma'ar for a while. 

About five months after they reached the Tower, the hertasi officially pronounce that Ma'ar has grown out of his school robes and ought be fitted for new ones. They measure him and he's nearly a whole two inches taller. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa has also grown out of her dress, though in a different direction; she knows there's a trick to magic clothes that resize to the wearer, but hasn't cracked it yet. She can go with him to get fitted.

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi congratulate her and coo over her belly. They tactfully don't ask about the baby's father; maybe they somehow know via gossip about her circumstances. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She accidentally kind of murdered him and everybody else in the future, probably. Maybe not. Maybe they're just very far away. Maybe he didn't like her as much as she thought and tried for a week and then asked Iomedae for the next candidate. (This does not actually feel at all likely.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The gradualness of the change made it less something he noticed, but having Carissa being fitted alongside him and watching the hertasi respond is making her pregnancy salient all over again. 

"- Are you scared?" he asks her, once they're back at the apartment afterward. "About having the baby. I'm. A bit scared still. I know they have Healers here, though..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Little bit. I have a tiny bit of magic healing, I can probably use it if anything goes horribly wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He hugs her tightly, though, and holds on for longer than usual. 

Her baby is Leareth's child. Which is sort of a really weird thing to be true - especially if she's right that her Leareth, the grownup one, doesn't even exist anymore. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is. Having Ma'ar does feel - better than having nothing, in a weird way, on that front, though it would obviously be stupid to let him get distracted from his education here. 

 

 

She meant to have lots of servants who could do most of the baby care so she didn't have to, but she's not entirely sure if that's an acceptable thing to ask for, here, or if it'll make everyone judge her for being a bad mother. She doesn't say anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is used to women wearing their babies strapped to them and doing all the same work anyway - or leaving them with older siblings, if they have to go carry water or something, and he's an older sibling here - so this hasn't even occurred to him as a problem. (He hasn't particularly thought through whether schoolwork or magic item creation are harder to multitask with childcare than watching cows and mending clothes.) 

The months pass. Ma'ar seems happy enough. He works very hard; he still doesn't have any real friends among the other students, because most of them want to talk about things that aren't their studies and he feels like those conversations are wasting time. His classwork is interesting, though, and the other students think he's very smart and they come to him for help sometimes.

Another few months later, Urtho calls on him a few times in their debate class, even encouraging him to say more when he gives terse one-sentence answers. Ma'ar comes home both confused and jubilant about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "I guess he meant it when he said he was going to try, once you'd had some time to get used to being here, to get you to say more! What were you debating?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We were talking about the laws for Healers. Um, less what the rules are and more how strict to be about it and how badly to punish people. A lot of Healers have Mindspeech or Empathy too so they're subject to those rules as well." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What are the rules for Mindspeech?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're not supposed to ever read anyone's mind without asking. They don't usually punish kids who aren't done training, though, and you'd usually just get a warning for the first few offences assuming you didn't use the information to slander people or plan crimes. Some people think the rules should be a lot stricter for Healers because they treat vulnerable people - that you should be punished if you're a Healer and, I don't know, you read your neighbour's mind once to see if they took your missing chickens and confessed to it, even though normally you'd just get a warning for that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"'because they treat vulnerable people' meaning - what, exactly, that they think people won't go to Healers if they expect the Healers to mindread them? Is that really a problem that comes up a lot? It seems like it'd mostly come up with criminals or something and most states don't want to make it easier for criminals to get away with crimes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"People did seem to think that! I thought it was sort of weird, but I guess some people are - embarrassed - about some things related to stuff they might go to a Healer about? Like if they were pregnant, they'd be really embarrassed if the Healer mindread them when they were remembering having sex, that literally came up and everyone thought it'd be appalling of a Healer to do that." Shrug. "I said I thought the punishments should be the same for Healers as for everyone else, because there already aren't really enough Healers and it'd be worse to stop them practicing when it's not even about how good a job they do of Healing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense to me. It's true that if someone knows you are pregnant and betrayed your husband or something then they have pretty good blackmail material but you can solve that by punishing blackmail, if you object to it, not by punishing mindreading that is entirely unrelated."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I think so. Urtho said my point was a good one, and we had sort of an interesting discussion, although it kept getting off track because every single time someone mentions sex the entire class starts giggling about it, it's really tiresome." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lots of societies have lots of taboos on talking about sex with young people. I don't know why. Cheliax didn't and I don't think that was evil of us, I think it was just sensible."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar shrugs and gets out his homework. 

Permalink Mark Unread

With that said it's nice how he seems to have already gotten reasonably good sex ed from living in a tent with his entire family, because it would be a little weird to explain that to baby Leareth in particular. 

 

She gets back to work too.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the weeks and months pass. 

Ma'ar slowly gains more confidence in his debate class, as Urtho continues making a noticeable effort to call on him. He gets advanced early to the next level in his magic class; he's now with children two or three years older than him, which makes him very nervous at first because they're correspondingly bigger and stronger, but in fact they're mostly just extra-welcoming to him.

He eventually feels safe enough, secure both that the other students take the rules and punishments seriously and that he's now good enough with magic to defend himself, that he mostly stops reading anyone's mind and only does it when there's some specific sign of a threat. (Which sometimes includes trying to protect other students from the nonviolent kind of bullying, by warning them when the bullies are plotting something so they can be elsewhere.) He's not very worried about getting caught, passive Thoughtsensing is as far as anyone knows undetectable and there's no sign Urtho goes around mindreading the students or using truth magic to question them about their rulebreaking activities, but - he's seen enough to notice that the idea bothers people, and even if they don't know it seems like there could be some sort of abstract nebulous harm in doing something they'd be upset about if they did know. Not much, a lot of less abstract threats could counterbalance it, but he doesn't feel like it's justified to do it for literally no reason, and he's accustomed to Tantara's culture now so no longer using it for cues on fitting in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The eight-month mark since their arrival passes, and Leareth still does not appear looking for her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has mostly given up. Only mostly. But Leareth has Aroden, and has Abadar and Iomedae, and an Urtho, and there's no particular reason to think he could do it in a year, if he couldn't do it in two weeks, and even if he loved her very much at some point he will have had to stop spending all his time on it, he has a country to run.

If the baby were going to be the King of Cheliax's baby she'd name a boy Aspex Aroden and a girl Aspexia Iomedae. If they're going to be Ma'ar's baby brother - a Predain name, probably, one from the city rather than from the herders. She asks Ma'ar for suggestions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar isn't sure he knows city names much more than she does, but he likes Conn and Lanz and Taran as boys' names, those are all the names of students here but he thinks they don't not sound like Predain names, and Dierne and Seri and Marlina for girls. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She likes Taran and Dierne, they can go with those. Technically, not that this is a technicality that is instantiated in any way in the physical world, she can tack on the Chelish names too, in case.

 

When she goes into labor Ma'ar is in class; she leaves a note for him telling him he can come over to Healers if he wants to, and then goes herself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Healer Tamsin from before is on duty, and waves to her cheerfully. He's come by a couple of times during the pregnancy to check on her, but not frequently since he said she was so healthy. He sends a trainee to watch his current patient and heads over to her. 

"Starting now, is it? C'mon, have a seat here...this is your first one, right...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." She wishes she was at home, with a dozen clerics and Healers bustling around and someone with Breath of Life prepared in case the baby's not breathing but only just not breathing, and Leareth would probably - it's not customary to watch your wife give birth but she thinks he wouldn't like being far away - it's getting harder to imagine what he'd say and what he'd think, she didn't really know him that well and it's been so long -

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nervous? Hey, it'll be all right. Let me explain some of how we do things here..." 

They have a dozen Healers on shift at a time; not all of them are here-here, Urtho's Tower is a big facility, but they can all be here in five minutes or less, if there's an emergency, which he thinks there almost certainly won't be but they try to always be prepared. They haven't lost a mother in childbirth for the last decade, and the few babies they lost more recently were ones who looked obviously not all right to Healing-Sight even still in the womb; she looks just fine and so does the baby, he reassures her. They have herbs for painkilling and to help stop bleeding afterward if it's a problem; some cultures prefer not to take any drugs for pain, and they mustn't give her anything strong later in labor because it can affect the baby's breathing once it's born, but some of the Healers can also use a Healing technique to temporarily block the worst pain of contractions, and that doesn't have any side effects. She's of course welcome to have visitors, if her son wants to come after class.

Does she want to know the baby's sex now, he can check with Healing-Sight, or does she prefer to just wait and find out the usual way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not particularly worried about the pain though possibly later she'll feel differently about that. She's worried about dying but this is probably objectively very stupid, between the things he said and her precious remaining divine spells held in reserve and her being tougher than a normal Velgarth human. She's worried about -

- about committing, to this life alone (with Ma'ar, so not alone, but) -

- but that's stupid, too, she can't be any less committed to it, it'll happen no matter what she does or doesn't do -

 

She tells him he can check the baby's sex.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has a look. It takes him a little longer than just checking for a strong heartbeat and that all the fingers and toes are there, but not a lot longer. "Congratulations, you're having a baby girl." He pats her shoulder. "I'll check on you in a bit, call for one of us if you need anything, you can get yourself water over there if you're thirsty." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar comes home from class and finds the note and immediately tears over to Healers', arriving somewhat out of breath and looking around for Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sitting where instructed, looking mostly neutral. "In principle I think wizards can teleport the baby out but I don't know how to do that and not accidentally kill her, so."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He starts to sit down next to her and then stops himself. "- Uh, do you mind me staying? With the clan only women were allowed to be there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can stay, if you want. In Cheliax I think men mostly don't want to because it's bloody and unpleasant and not very attractive as a way to see your wife? But I can't think of a good reason not to, and if you're going to put people through it you should know how it works, probably."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to stay." He sits down beside her. "I'm - just going to feel more scared, if I can't see you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. That makes sense. It's a girl. I think she'll be Gifted because that's - coincidence, the kind gods can nudge, at conception."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." The gods here wouldn't have a reason to nudge that but his baby sister was conceived in the other world, and those gods would have. 

After a while of not thinking of anything to say, Ma'ar figures that Carissa might want to be distracted, and starts telling her about his classes that day. They're learning Gates. A child his age normally wouldn't be strong enough, but he has the control for it, so they just have him practicing it very short-range and on a smaller threshold. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is mostly attentive.

"Leareth was the best in the world at Gates. He could move them, he could do them with no threshold, he could do them to places he'd never seen, he could do them underneath him..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Whoa! Really! I don't know if even Urtho can do all of those things..." He's amazed and delighted and entirely distracted from being scared, and starts asking Carissa more questions about what kinds of magic Leareth could do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She starts crying, which is ridiculous. 

Leareth could  combine his Golarion spells and his mage spells to never get tired, pretty much, there are different things that go into mage-tiredness but you can handle all of them with the low-level cleric spells Recharge Innate Reserves and Lesser Restoration and all he ever prepared was an enormous stack of those so he could do magic constantly. Resurrections in Golarion require diamonds and Leareth was the one who figured out you could make them - only if you're as ridiculously powerful as Vanyel, though they were looking into whether other people could do it in concert - he's really good at that, too, he can work with his whole army and be utterly indestructible - he was selling everyone in Golarion permanent Gates, and he'd been planning to make his own god and altered the plans in order to build Abadar a better interface so he wouldn't get a headache when he talked to him...

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is so impressed. 

...Also it's really upsetting, that he probably won't ever get to meet Leareth and learn how he did it, and probably Carissa doesn't even know about all of his magic so he won't have any hints to go on. He's kind of emotional already, from the suppressed being-scared, and he has to try hard not to cry as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Healer comes by every so often to check on Carissa, and smiles at Ma'ar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She normally wouldn't dump all this on Ma'ar but it feels hard to stop. Leareth had an interplanar communications spell. Leareth once built a horrible artifact that sent demons after the entire family of whoever it was triggered against. Leareth and her figured out how to use wizard magic to recharge Velgarth amulets. Leareth from the moment he first saw Aroden's demiplane where magic only worked for Aroden wanted one of his own, very badly, and eventually he got an operations building in Aktun, Abadar's divine domain, done up for him just like that. Leareth was working with Vanyel on a magic-surveillance system for Cheliax, that would alert them to incursions from devils or foreign armies or something, Valdemar had had something similar and Vanyel had built it when they were enemies but now they were working together. 

She asks the Healer for the pain herbs or magic or whatever, eventually, mostly because she hates how her voice sounds off and how it scares Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can get her the pain herbs now, but probably not another dose after that - once she's ready to push they can use the Healing pain-block just for the worst parts, since they'll want a Healer closely attending her for that part anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar squeezes her hand tightly and asks questions, and doesn't complain when he sometimes has to repeat them two or three times because she was distracted. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She tells Ma'ar about how Leareth was delighted with her when she explained how she'd planned to assassinate him if he'd turned out to be planning to destroy Cheliax or something, and about how Leareth was was very offended about the city of Awaiting Consumption in Abaddon and was planning to do something about it.

She has no idea how to tell if she's ready to push and tells the Healer so, somewhat snappishly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Many women find it very obvious, he says, but he can check and see if her body is ready to start for it. He does. Says that she's very nearly there, and often it helps at this point to get up and walk around, or just stand up and lean over something if walking is too uncomfortable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. 

(She wants to be home.)

(She wants to be married.)

(She wants to be safe, for one glorious month of her life she was safe and it was the best thing in the entire universe and then -)

Permalink Mark Unread

This part is the most scary, it's like she can't even hear the words he's saying half of the time, but Ma'ar stays next to her and talks to her, literally whatever he can think of to say, which means mostly rambling about magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Healer comes back and tells her that she can push now and that he'll painblock for her during each contraction, and then says 'now', and takes her hand and the pain goes away; the general sensation doesn't, it's not much less distracting, but it doesn't hurt, or if it does it's not parsing as bad, or something. It's very odd and different from how the herbs for pain felt. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Delay Pain works better though she will acknowledge that it has the major downside of not, actually, causing you to not have to experience the pain and her intensely felt nostalgia here is probably not primarily about one cleric spell she's used once in her life.

She wonders if it is considered inappropriate in Tantara to let fourteen-year-olds watch people give birth and then whether it's inappropriate in Tantara for fourteen year olds to give birth and then how you're supposed to stop them, if you're too Good for abortion and mustn't tell them about sex.

She's mad at Leareth for not coming, which is stupid, because she probably erased him from existence, and he wouldn't be angry at her for that, so it's very uncharitable being mad at him for it. She's mad at Leareth for setting his stupid magic thing up with male descendents because otherwise he could've been a girl and then he could be pregnant, which is an even stupider thing to be mad about than the last thing. She is mad at the stupid baby for not being teleportable out of her safely, that's obviously the civilized way to give birth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Healer Tamsin doesn't say anything to indicate that he thinks it's inappropriate for Ma'ar to be there. 

He encourages her and painblocks and doesn't actually take that long, maybe ten minutes, at which point he calls over another Healing-trainee to help, and kneels to catch the baby girl's head and help coax her out the rest of the way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's bloody but it's not that bloody, honestly, and it's mostly really incredibly cool, watching a literal tiny person come out of another person, it doesn't feel like that should work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Healer Tamsin, beaming at her, ties off the cord and passes the infant to the trainee for some quick wiping-off, and then Carissa is being offered a tiny newborn baby girl wrapped in a towel by a very excited-and-nervous-looking trainee. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is a wreck and hateshateshateshates it and Leareth's not here and the baby is ugly and slimy and she's worried that means she did it wrong, somehow, though no one seems distressed, though maybe they just know it wouldn't help to act upset about it and she wants - not this - 

 

Cleaned off the baby looks less ugly and less like something is wrong. She takes her, mostly because that's obviously what she's supposed to do.

She wants to pull herself together enough to cast Detect Thoughts, and she fails, and she looks over at Ma'ar - "are we safe? is the baby - is there anything there -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He snuggles up next to her; the Healer is right there doing something to do with making sure the afterbirth makes it out safely, but Ma'ar ignores him. "Yes, she's there, I can feel her - uh, she's not having thoughts so much - she's cold and I think she doesn't like the bright lights..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She attempts to shield and snuggle the baby, ineffectually because her arms are not being very cooperative right now and she's not sure how to not crush it. Her. "Okay. ...thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

The Healing-trainee pats Carissa's shoulder and then drapes a blanket over both her and baby, and says something to Ma'ar about how they should get the bed cleaned up once Carissa is ready but she's doing fine and looks like she wants to be left alone.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Babies aren't that squishy," Ma'ar reassures her, "my mother used to just sling them around - you just have to hold up their head when they're tiny, but they won't die or anything if you mess up a bit, they're just very floppy - aww, she's so little." He pets her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is pulling herself together mostly. "Felt big," she mutters.

Permalink Mark Unread

"She looked big when she was in you! Just seems really small for the outside." He's having kind of absurdly protective feelings, how she's so tiny and helpless and that means he has to keep her SAFE, he doesn't remember feeling that way so much about his other siblings - but so many of them died, they weren't traditionally even given names until they were five days old, in case they were too sick and died first when they weren't really people - and sometimes it wasn't because they were sick...

He can't remember if he ever told Carissa about his most recent would-have-been baby sister - the one who died inside Mother, they won't ever know if they were a boy or girl.

But that isn't going to happen, here, because they're rich now and have magic and Urtho feeds them and gives them Healers and they can be safe. Mostly. If they're clever. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She squeezes his hand. She really really wants to use one of her healing spells but - they might need it, ten years from now, or a hundred. She is not, here, in any kind of danger that'd be improved by being able to walk. 

 

(If she were at home) -

But it doesn't exist anymore and it doesn't matter and hopefully the little girl will be smart and good and worth it. That's a lot to put on a little girl, but - 

"Dierne Aspexia Iomedae," she says. She doesn't think anyone asked. Whatever.

Permalink Mark Unread

A different Healer, a woman, comes in to help her clean up a bit and get off the bloody sheets onto non-bloody ones, and then offers to do some Healing so she'll be more comfortable, though the birth went smoothly so it's not too bad, and does she need advice on nursing the baby, they heard she doesn't have family here so weren't sure if she had someone to ask. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is it the kind of thing you need skill for? In Cheliax wizards would mostly hire someone for it. If it requires skill she should be advised in it, probably. Some Healing would be great.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can do some Healing, and talk to her at the same time. It's not incredibly tricky or anything but some women find it harder to get the hang of, and she's known a lot of women who were nervous they weren't doing it properly. Some noblewomen do hire wet nurses but it's rare outside of noble families, though it's more common for women mages to hire someone to live in their house and do all the other baby care so they get more rest - if she lives in the Tower she should probably expect the hertasi to all know already and show up in droves to coo over the cute baby, and they're very helpful.

Dierne cries but is soothed by a breast. She doesn't seem to have too much difficulty figuring it out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wizards need uninterrupted sleep to function at all but thankfully she doesn't need all that much of it. Probably she'll make do. "Thank you," she says, a bit belatedly. "Can I go now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course, if you're feeling up to it. One of us will swing by tomorrow and in a week, and of course feel free to send for someone if you feel unwell or are worried about the baby." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar, who's done his share of toting younger siblings before, offers to carry Dierne so Carissa just has to worry about herself walking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems likely to be helpful. 

 

She walks almost normally and keeps her expression almost neutral. She still has the bizarre urge to burst into tears but seems to be a bit more abreast of it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They make it back to the apartment. 

"Maybe we could put her down to sleep in the other bedroom," Ma'ar suggests, "and I can go to bed earlier and then get up early and watch her so you can sleep." He knows both about the need for uninterrupted sleep and the fact that she only needs two hours. "I guess I can't nurse her, but if you did right before she'd probably be all right, I think babies can go that long, and I remember all the things my mother used to do to soothe the little ones when they were crying at night." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't want you to - fall behind in school or anything - I wanted to have servants -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess we could ask and find out how to hire servants. The hertasi might do it for free but they can't feed her either. We haven't really needed money since the food is free here but you could sell magic items for it, right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could, yeah. I'm not sure if Urtho will take it as an insult. Probably not." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't see why he would, you get to do more magic that way, I can't imagine he'd be mad at you wanting to have time for that instead of looking after her all the time."

He pets Dierne again. She's very soft and good. He can't remember if he ever noticed that about babies before. Maybe it didn't feel like a safe thing to pay too much attention to, when everything was very dangerous and so many of the babies would die anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lots of people think women ought to look after babies all the time and not do magic." Admittedly Urtho hasn't really shown any signs of being one. She wonders if he's gay.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that's dumb. Especially since you're the only trained wizard in the whole world." He pets his baby sister some more. "Aww, look, she has a bit of hair." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shortly later there's a knock on the door, which, when Ma'ar answers it, proves to be one of the hertasi, an elderly female, congratulating them on the new baby in their household and asking if they're up for visitors and receiving some gifts, because all the hertasi are very very excited but they don't want to intrude if his mother is sleeping. She's rubbing her hands together and looks so delighted. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He asks her politely to wait, and goes back to the bedroom to ask Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is mostly done with the stupid impulse to cry and can receive and be reasonably gracious to visitors.

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi restrain themselves to half a dozen visitors at a time, and only a handful in the bedroom cooing at the baby. They want to give her BABY CLOTHES and BABY TOYS and cook her favourite food for her and sing songs to cheer her up after all the work of labor. They claim the Healers say a baby should be breastfed by its own mother for the first three days, but after that they can warm cow's milk in a special bottle and feed her if Carissa wants breaks to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Cow's milk?...sure, she would appreciate that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they can't make milk for her, they're reptiles, but it's close enough, right? They show her a few different ways of swaddling Dierne, and bring over an assortment of cute knitted baby clothes that approximately fit her, and cloths to use as nappies, and they bring her tea and food, and then shoo Ma'ar off to bed at his usual bedtime. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dierne isn't too difficult a baby. She fusses but mostly just wants to be fed and snuggled. The hertasi stay all night and change her first dirty nappy so Carissa doesn't have to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar sleeps in the other bedroom. He gets up and has breakfast while sitting snuggled up with Carissa and petting his sleeping baby sister, and then reluctantly disentangles himself and goes to class. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Even when she was Asmodean her plan for having kids did not involve changing any of their nappies but - she chose this, once she got here, because she wanted something of Leareth's, and she is glad she has it. She can feed and snuggle the baby.

She can't get any work done because magic work isn't very amenable to random interruptions even if minor, but the baby is soft and warm and it's not like she'll ever have this chance again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho sends a nice note to her, on good stationery, giving more congratulations and saying that of course he understands she'll want to spend some time bonding with her new lovely daughter, but maybe in a month or two they can resume their meetings? He also sends a couple of baby presents, a magic rattle that lights up when shaken and a very very soft and fuzzy baby blanket with a permanent heat-spell in it that can be activated by a word. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww. She replies claiming that she indeed wants to bond with her lovely new daughter, which seems like the polite way to say that she cannot get anything done because of her new daughter, and would look forward to resuming their meetings in a month or two, and that the presents are much appreciated (not by the baby, who mostly doesn't understand how to interact with objects yet, but will presumably learn eventually.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Her lovely new daughter eats and sleeps and cries and makes messes and learns how to suck on her own fist. Even a few days in, she's still red and scrunched and it's hard to tell who she'll end up looking like as an older child. She has a fluff of downy black hair that often sticks up in random directions. Ma'ar likes to play with it, making it floof up into a spike in different directions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And in the middle of the night, about a week later, a magical search-spell, coming from a direction that is not actually pointed to somewhere in this plane, tickles the air and then anchors on Carissa's shield-bracelet - 

- and about three seconds later there's a Gate-threshold slicing open the air and then there's a Gate, the other side opening to somewhere indescribably full of swirls of colour, and then someone is stepping through, lighting the room with a bright mage-light, hands raised and clearly ready to fight - 

"Carissa are you all right–"

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I'm fine -

- I thought I killed you -

- there's a you here -"

Permalink Mark Unread

This becomes obvious seconds later; Ma'ar has been sleeping in the other bedroom, he needs a lot more sleep than Carissa and Dierne isn't a difficult baby but she does fuss enough to wake him at night if he's right there, but the rooms aren't shielded separately and a Gate is incredibly obvious, and he bursts through the door at a run in his pyjamas, blinking at the sudden light, and flings up a shield over Carissa and his baby sister and then grabs the doorway and spins and glares at the mysterious stranger suddenly in their bedroom, snarling, "- what are you doing here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone else steps through the Gate, sees the child in the doorway, and holds up both hands. "Hey it's all right we're not going to hurt you - or her -" he says, in a language which Ma'ar cannot understand at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can read their body language, though. They don't look hostile, and Carissa doesn't look scared? He glances at her, uncertainly, still shielding her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is crying but happily. "That's Leareth," she says, to Ma'ar, in his language, and "that's Kiyamvir Ma'ar," to Leareth and Vanyel, in Valdemaran.

Permalink Mark Unread

His eyes go wide. He lowers his hands, though not the shield, and turns and looks at Leareth, who is now doing less of the body language that says 'I will kill anything that startles me' but not zero of it - though he's now heading for Carissa and mostly looks like he'll kill anything that makes sudden movements at her and this is mostly reassuring. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He neatly collapses the Gate behind him and crosses the room in two steps, bending and reaching for Carissa's hand, switching to Mindspeech because it's faster.

:I am so sorry that it took so long - you were, you are, so far away - where are we, are we safe here - is this–:

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not have time to finish the sentence, because it turns out that when one Gates to the inside of Urtho's Tower with no warning, this sets off MANY alarms, and this is the point at which Urtho's security staff reach the apartment and start banging on the door, someone's shouting and demanding to know who's there and to be let in before they blast open the door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He shields all of them in under half a second, :Carissa what–:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think you set off an alarm -:

"It's fine! It's my husband! Everything's fine!"

Permalink Mark Unread

There are bright lights and loud noises and Dierne doesn't like either of these! She's been woken from a sound sleep and is just now starting to wail. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Awww, she's so teeny..." Vanyel starts singing a lullaby, with a bit of Bardic Gift in it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dierne quiets.

The banging on the door stops. "Er, ma'am, can someone let us in to check–"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Back off, now," another voice interrupts. "- Carissa? There was a Gate -" pause, "...it's Leareth?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. We're all okay. He was just - very far away -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll go talk to him and tell him we're all right," Ma'ar says, and dashes out of the bedroom. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sits down on the side of the bed by Carissa, heavily. :We are in Urtho's Tower: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She wants to cling to him and Dierne is kind of in the way. She leans against him. :Yes. I asked him to pick us up from Predain. Nefreti did it - she dropped me on Ma'ar -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Nefreti? I - wondered - but when I went to her she was incredibly unhelpful, she just told me that you were fine. And pregnant. I tried so hard to find you earlier, but - no way to search until I was in the same world-area, and there are so many, you would not believe how many there are - I found at least one other version of Velgarth, after the Cataclysm but I think well before Vanyel was born, I did not explore much since you were not there... And then when she was born - she is one of my descendants, my Void-shelter still exists - we only needed to follow the link, but we had to follow it such a long way...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. That makes sense. I hadn't thought about that. I thought - since I landed on Ma'ar - that I'd gone back in time - and you couldn't come, since you didn't exist -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh: 

He sits silently for a moment, one hand on protectively on her shoulder. 

:You must have been so afraid: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. Why is she crying so much lately, she doesn't even have the pregnancy hormones to blame it on now. :Probably you were more afraid since you - had something to lose -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I am not sure I had more to lose than you - you must have been hoping to prevent the Cataclysm...: He's looking around now, a bit awed. :I - cannot really remember this place at all. It is quite incredible though. And you - you must know things about my first life that I do not know myself: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar comes back. "Urtho says he'll go away and give you privacy, and come back in the morning," he says, and then stands awkwardly with his hands clasped, unsure what to say. Adult Leareth looks less scary, sitting down protectively next to Carissa, but he's still kind of scary, and Ma'ar feels very small and young and stupid for some reason. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel smiles and waves at him a little, without interrupting his lullaby. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Come here," she says to Ma'ar. "Thank you for talking to Urtho."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Ma'ar comes over and perches on the opposite side of the bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles at him. Surely interacting with himself should feel less - awkward - than this, but - he doesn't really remember being Ma'ar, just a few fragments, he has no records of this life, it's almost all lost in the fog of the past. 

There's something very precious, and also very nervewracking, about getting that back. 

"Ma'ar," he says. "I hope you are learning things here." He says it in the Predain tongue, though very haltingly; language is one of the kinds of procedural memory that transfers relatively well between lifetimes, and he has some of his very old written records in that language, but it's still been a very very long time and very very many bodies ago since he last spoke it out loud. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar looks startled, and then nods. "Yes, I am. I'm - so glad you found us." He is not going to cry that would be so stupid

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's been very helpful. With - getting here safely, with the baby...he's - very clever, but you knew that -" She holds out her free arm for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He snuggles up against her. Yawns. The adrenaline of being startled awake by a Gate had him very alert for a few minutes but it's fading now, and it's still the middle of the night. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth shifts position and adjusts a pillow so he's sitting against the head of the bed with his arm around Carissa and his other hand free to stroke her hair. He kisses her forehead. :I missed you so much. I was - it was a great relief when the link appeared and I knew you had survived to give birth, but - I was so scared - that what if you had not survived that, I know childbirth is quite dangerous in places without Healers...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I wasn't going to risk it in a place without Healers: she says flatly. She feels kind of bad about that, now, knowing it was the only way he could find her, but it seems better to be upfront about it. :Predain didn't even know what I was talking about - though they were doing some interesting stuff with non-magic medicine - but Urtho's Tower had good healers, they promised...Ma'ar was scared, it's how his mother died - it wasn't even very awful except for all the ways it - wasn't what I wanted...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am sorry. I - I wanted to be here for it...: He's surprisingly upset, actually, about missing the birth of his child. It's not the sort of thing he would expect to have a lot of emotions about, and yet. :I remember that - how my mother died - it is one of the very few things I remember. That and - they killed my baby sister, or left her out to die, there was a drought and they could not feed her. I am not sure if Ma'ar told you that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:He thought about it, sometimes. Didn't say it in that many words. We can raise them - once the gods are talked around -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:This set of gods might be easier to talk around - Abadar believed They became much more cautious after the Cataclysm, because They were scared, which is quite understandable on Their part: Sigh. :Though we might have to try to find another Golarion that is closer, I am not sure our set of gods can reach this far to communicate. I suspect there is one, and perhaps many - in particular I wonder if it was not our Nefreti at all that kidnapped you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh:. She is suddenly very tired and doesn't want anything at all - no, that's not quite right. She wants to be taken home and have Leareth fuss over her and be protective even though she is completely fine. It is a bizarrely unhelpful want considering how she is not completely fine at all. :We can change the baby's name, it's not as if she knows it yet, but we've been calling her Dierne. Dierne Aspexia Iomedae - you'll need that, it'll tell people you mean to raise Chelish kings and queens...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Dierne. I like that name. Maybe we can keep it as a middle name: He reaches, very gently, and touches her fluff of hair. :She is beautiful. ...Well, actually, she is kind of ugly, perhaps all newborns are. But part of me still thinks she is perfect. Maybe because she is ours: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She leans into him and shivers. :Ours. I - I thought I was going to have to do everything alone - with Ma'ar, but he's so little -:

Permalink Mark Unread

He squeezes her. 

:I want to take you home: he says suddenly. :I want you to be safe and comfortable and I want to take care of you and - make up for all of this - also we have been making excuses about why you were not appearing in public but it would be better if you did soon: Pause. :Aroden went for the Starstone. Two months ago, when it was clear that finding you might take us a very long time: And might never happen at all, but he doesn't mention that part. :So I am the King now, officially: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I want you to take me home.: Snuggle. :I want you to be very overbearing and insist on barely letting me out of your sight even though I'm fine. We can have a naming ceremony for the baby and I can appear at that and - it's got to be almost Signing Day - at the party for that - and otherwise I just want to feel safe. ...and I want nursemaids. For the baby. She's a lovely baby but I wasn't actually planning on doing all the soothing and feeding her and I can sense myself starting to feel like it was a big sacrifice.....I missed your coronation. How was it.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Very tedious, honestly. It went smoothly. I - very much missed having your advice for planning it, but we managed: He kisses her forehead. :I want to be very overbearing and not let you out of my sight, and - gods - are you all right? You...made it here, I suppose, but it must have been very overwhelming. I expect you have so much to tell me about: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mostly I've just been here in the Tower occasionally arguing with Urtho on Ma'ar's behalf - Urtho's very scary, though he doesn't mean to be, or maybe mostly because he doesn't mean to be and so he doesn't have a principled account even to himself of how scary he is - we were in Predain for a week and it did not make a very good showing but I wasn't in any real danger, I was mostly terrified something'd happen to Ma'ar - he got thrown into a river by bandits and learned about rape at what is apparently a socially inappropriate age by local standards but I think he came through it okay -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I expect he is much better off than I was when I had to make the journey alone. I do not really remember anything specific but I have a vague sense that it was awful in many different ways: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It must've been. It's more than five hundred miles, I think, and there are lots of bandits and lots of predators with varying degrees of license and he didn't know about compulsions being possible -: Squeeze. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I hope he will not be upset if I want to take him away from here and bring him home with us. Not forever, I think, but - I do not want to leave him here alone just yet, with an Urtho who is not really the one I know now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think it'll be good for him. He'll be a little anxious but I bet he'll cope all right, and I've told him stories - about you, and Vanyel -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That makes sense. I am sure he can cope, he is a me - just, even so I do not want to make things harder for him than they must be? I...think that maybe it is an important part of how I became - myself - that things were very hard when I was small. But...surely there is a limit, there - and I also wonder who I could have become instead, if - I had been able to have allies from the very beginning...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah. Worried about that, a bit. That I'd make him - too soft to survive - I didn't want to, say, make him not the kind of person who'd built the immortality method that worked - but the gods don't hate him yet, the person he needs to be is different -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think that is right. I have had to - become a different shape of person, in a way, in order to work well with the forces of Good in Golarion. And I am good at doing that, because I have had a very long time to learn how the pieces of myself fit together, but - I do not see why he must relive all of the exact same lessons that I did. And...: Shrug. :I want him to be happy. I was unhappy for a very long time, I think, and it did not prevent me from - growing into who I am now - but I am not sure it helped either: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is relaxing into him. :He's very good. I love him. - differently. Obviously. I want him to be all right. ...are you all right. It must've been stressful...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It was. I am - mostly all right now that I have found you, I think. And I would have been all right eventually, if I had not, I - know what I can learn to bear. I am very relieved I will not have to cope with losing you, though, it would have hurt: He lets out his breath, slowly, one hand stroking her hair. :I am tired, I think. I find  look forward to a year of not doing anything adventurous at all: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmmhmm.: She feels like there's got to be more she should be thinking about, but she doesn't know what it is. :Felt like I was - carrying your ghost everywhere - much nicer to have you.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am glad: Snuggle. :...I am quite curious what you argued about with Urtho. He is very...: He pauses for a moment, trying to find the right word to describe what Urtho is like. :- he is very not Chelish. Innocent, in some ways: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's very not Chelish! It was like it was a fight to get him to notice half of reality, at all... I warned him about the war, because it seemed very stupid not to, and he was worried about guiding Ma'ar wrong...

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think I must have frightened him, I assume that is what caused the war. ...How did he think he might guide Ma'ar wrong? Was - it frustrating for you, trying to talk to him about it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't like powerful people who don't obviously gain much from having me alive, I wouldn't say 'frustrating' exactly....he was worried that he'd guide Ma'ar wrong by failing to make his wisdom convincing to Ma'ar. On things like blood magic and compulsions. Which to be fair Ma'ar had an unnuanced take on.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm, I am not surprised. I imagine it is very valuable for him to have advice from you, though, you would better speak his language: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think so. Hope so. It'll be best for him to have you, I think, to see what it looks like when he has grown into it...:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is at this point fast asleep, cuddled up beside Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:He must trust you very much: Leareth sends, softly. :I - cannot imagine my younger self falling asleep like that among strangers: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:He was very responsible about not trusting me for a long while. I think he got there, though.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm: He falls silent, thoughtful, still gently petting her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Missed you so much. Felt stupid, to miss you so much. Want you to-: Wiggle. Shrug. :Make sure everything's safe. Is everything safe?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am quite confident that we are in fact in Urtho's Tower and he would not harm us - I know him fairly well, I think, he can do terrible things when pushed to it, but - only at a distance, he could not bring himself to harm people he offered a place in his own Tower. Also if anything does happen, we have a shielded bubble in the Void within easy Gate-range, with the Urtho we know waiting there, and I can transport all of us there in less than a second if I sense any threats. We cannot ever have perfect certainty, but - I think we are safe: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmmkay. Gonna sleep. Love you.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I love you too. I will stay awake and make sure that nothing happens to us and in the morning we will explain things to Urtho and go home. Sleep well:

Permalink Mark Unread

She sleeps wonderfully, and clings to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dierne Aspexia Iomedae sleeps well too, without fussing, because Vanyel has settled himself in beside the bed and is still softly singing lullabies to her. A few times she wakes briefly, making little noises without actually crying, and Leareth nudges her toward Carissa's breast while trying not to wake Carissa. 

Vanyel thinks this is adorable and the best and he wouldn't mind staying up all night for it, though that's not really what he's doing anyway, their sleep cycles are clearly thoroughly offset from day-night in this version of Velgarth and it feels to him like midafternoon. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth stays awake, watching his family sleep - what an odd yet compelling thought, that he has a family, a wife and baby daughter - just like Aroden did, once, decades ago, as he slowly rebuilt from the ruins of his plans... 

He feels gradually less rather than more tired. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't sleep through Dierne Aspexia trying to nurse but she's reasonably well rested. Maybe a lot of what she was mistaking for tiredness was fear. She wakes up and helps Dierne Aspexia latch and then looks at Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles at her, the rare-for-him smile that seems to light up everything about him.

:I want to switch Vanyel with Urtho on our Void-vessel: he says to her, in Mindspeech since Ma'ar is still fast asleep next to them. :Someone needs to be there to watch it, and I think it more productive for the older Urtho to talk to himself a bit, rather than needing to explain another stranger's presence to him. And after that we can all go: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle. :Sounds good.:

Permalink Mark Unread

He waits for Ma'ar to be awake, explains the plan to him, and then gets up and raises another Gate on the doorway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And another Urtho steps across. He looks barely older than the other Urtho; mostly he looks like someone who's spent a lot more of his recent years worrying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar stares in amazement, suddenly feeling too shy to say anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth waits for Vanyel to cross back, and then dismantles the Gate. "Well, we had better go tell local Urtho we are ready to meet. Carissa, would you rather come or stay here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll come with you. - hi," she adds to the new Urtho. "And I can give you Tongues if you want your Predain to be sharper -"

Permalink Mark Unread

The new Urtho beams at her. "I am so glad we managed to find you! - And your bracelet is still working, excellent, durable as hoped." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes! The other you admired it." It is nice to have Leareth's shields around her again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, thank you," Leareth says in response to her question, nodding briskly, and then leads them all out into the hall. They make an odd procession; the older Urtho pulls the hood of his cloak over his head, presumably to avoid confusing anyone about Urtho somehow being in two places at once. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The local Urtho is already in his office, and answers the door immediately. "Ah, good morning, I wondered if it was you - oh, what a sweetie!" he adds delightedly, seeing Dierne in Ma'ar's arms. "Come on in - I will find some other chairs– oh!" He's spotted the extra Urtho. "I - incredible - you made the incredible artifact, yes...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did! And we should let Leareth speak before we talk about that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's lips twitch. "Ideally yes. Urtho," to the local one, "I wished to inform you that I intend to return home this morning, with my wife and child, and I would like to take Ma'ar with us as well. I - think it would do him good, later, to return here, but...for now I think he would benefit greatly if he could learn from me, and I have a country to run back home." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The younger Urtho blinks, then nods. "Yes, I see, that makes sense." He turns to Carissa. "I am very glad for you. You must be so pleased to have your husband back." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am. Thank you so much for your hospitality and your protection."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are very welcome!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will come back again before we leave," Leareth offers, "if you have further questions for me, but in the meantime, I would like to be with my family, and help pack for our departure. I think the Urtho from our world can do a better job of explaining most of our context, anyway." They are absolutely going to spend most of it talking about magic rather than politics, but that seems fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course, I would be delighted to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"One moment." The younger Urtho turns to Ma'ar, crouches a little so their eyes are level and, without any sudden movements, rests a hand on Ma'ar's shoulder. "Good luck," he says gently. "I want you to know that I am very proud of you, and - I have a present for you somewhere but I cannot just now remember where I put it - I will ask the hertasi for help and my other self can bring it over after." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

When the farewells are done, Leareth takes Carissa's hand again. He would offer Ma'ar his hand as well, but Ma'ar's arms are currently full of baby. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She clings, a bit. Suddenly it is unbearable not to be home.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is going to take us a day of travel in the Void to actually get home," Leareth warns her, apologetic. "We quickly discovered it was not feasible to cross the relevant distances by Gate, so Urtho and Vanyel would travel in our vessel and when they had located additional words from the Void-side, I would join them to search." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - that's really cool. And probably has lots of other applications."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I think so. It - would have been harder to justify, to spend so long looking for you, if not for that. Though...I honestly would probably have done it anyway, I love you very much, and - there are game-theoretic reasons not to abandon one's allies, right, and Nefreti's involvement - or my assumption of it, anyway, technically I was not sure until you confirmed it - made me think it likely that something interesting was going on..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar walks beside them, quiet but looking incredibly fascinated. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wasn't expecting you to look forever. But I'm glad you did."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Forever is a long time! If I had not found you within ten years, and we were not learning anything of value in the process of searching, I would have delegated almost all continuing efforts to other people - but in fact we were learning many things..." 

They get back to the apartment. Leareth asks her what needs to be packed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She mostly keeps things in her bag but she will dump some of her ongoing artifact research into the bag, and point out the clever faucets on the bath though they can't take those with them, and remind Ma'ar to grab his books for school.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar does this. He packs his student uniforms even though probably he'll be expected to wear something else anyway. 

At one point when they're both in the bedroom, he runs to Carissa and hugs her. 

"- I'm nervous," he admits, in a very small voice. "I'm - I know it's stupid, just..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "You don't know him. And it's a big, sudden change. And he is dangerous, you're not wrong if you're picking up that he's dangerous. But - not to us, because he loves us and we're on his side."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that what look like to Urtho, do you think, or - what he's scared I'll grow up into...? Dangerous like that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I think he thinks you'll be dangerous and doesn't have a clear sense of who you'll be dangerous towards. And thinks that over time people who are dangerous and powerful become less and less inclined to protect the innocent for its own sake."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I would be less inclined to protect innocent people! I think I'd be more inclined to if I could do it without being scared for myself, if I were more powerful..." He gives her an uncertain look. "Do you think I'm wrong?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think you're wrong about yourself! But you're very unusual. Most people do stop caring about other people if it hurts too much and doesn't help them get what they want."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, looking unhappy about it, but goes back to his packing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am going to go speak with Urtho," Leareth tells them, midway through the morning. "Carissa, is there anything in particular you think I ought mention to him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so. He was - trying, to help Ma'ar - maybe his older self will know what perspective he needs..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure the older Urtho really understands me any better! I think he is just...more willing to admit that he made a mistake, and that I have gone on to do valuable things even if the kind of person I am is frightening and alarming to him. I suppose perhaps that in itself is a valuable shift in perspective." 

He heads off. He's gone for a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar tries to focus on practicing magic, but he's restless, and keeps getting up to pace. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't like being apart from him but this is objectively stupid. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is finally back an hour or so later, with the older Urtho. He's carrying a little wrapped box. "Ma'ar, this is for you. Your present from the Urtho here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods solemnly and takes it, then bounces a bit as he undoes the ribbon and unwraps the box. 

"- Ooooh!" He grins, holding up a necklace with a beautiful crystal hanging from it. "It's a focus-stone - but it's a really fancy one, it's got magic structure on it - oh, there's a note..." He grabs it as it flutters down toward the floor, and unfolds it. "It says I should be able to use this to tap nodes even though my Gift isn't full strength yet - that's amazing!" He beams and runs over to hug Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Awww. He is so happy. And - relaxed: Leareth is smiling too. :Ready for the Gate to our Void-vessel?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am so ready for that.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth glances around one last time at the interior of Urtho's Tower - some part of him wants to step outside, take a minute to see it from the outside, but that can wait. It'll still be here in a year, or ten. 

He takes Carissa's hand, and raises a Gate and tugs her through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is waiting for them, sitting in a chair set on what looks like a flat black disk of marble or some other stone, with a clear shimmering dome over it, about ten metres across. On the outside of the dome, there's nothing but vivid shimmering swirls of chaotic colour. It looks odd, not quite real, as though her senses are trying to interpret something beyond understanding. 

"Don't worry, it's safe," he says. "I know it doesn't look very protected, but the barrier is really strong, we tested it a lot." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks around in amazement. "Wow. Okay. This is - how did you figure this out -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden and Urtho did a lot of research together, before Aroden went for the Starstone. We were trying to figure out the general case for Gates, first, Leareth would just project his mind to the Void and explore with us, but then we got too far out, realized you can only go a certain distance from your body doing that, and you can only Gate a certain distance - even with routing it through other planes to make the distance less, that's how our style of Gate between Velgarth and Golarion works. We still can't understand what Nefreti was doing, we had ward coverage on exactly what happened but Aroden couldn't replicate it. Anyway, eventually Urtho worked together with a team of other people to make this, so we could travel with our physical bodies. Leareth only risked it because Abadar was pretty sure that if he died, even if he was too far away at the time to get spells, Abadar still has enough of a claim to notice and then grab him for resurrection." He makes a face. "I guess I'm the one taking a bigger risk, here, I'm not a cleric of any god, but." Shrug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I'm very grateful."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is still smiling. "Urtho, unhook us, let's get headed home." He pulls out a chair for Carissa, and sits down beside her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is still frozen on the spot, staring in wonder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course." 

It's hard to tell when they start moving, the Void mostly looks the same either way, but Urtho assures Carissa they are. 

They're going home. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She clings to Leareth and the baby and tells him everything that happened, in approximately chronological order.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth seems equally inclined toward clinginess. He hugs her a lot. Listens. Mentions whenever he thinks she did a particularly good job; he's impressed with how she handled explaining the situation to Ma'ar, and also the conversations with Urtho. He doesn't remember the fight or the Mindhealer incident at all, and wonders if they happened in his own history. Probably similar things happened; he doubts he managed to make fewer waves, in the world where he didn't even have Carissa there to help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you would've been much more - careful, traumatized, whatever - by the time you got there - it was so far -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"More than five hundred miles, no? Or so I gather from the, well, archaeological evidence. The location of the craters." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - gods. Yeah, that sounds about right. We were going to ride it, but I thought - he wasn't eating enough - safer to call Urtho."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so, yes. I am glad you did." He puts his head down on her shoulder, suddenly tired again for no reason. "...And I am glad that one version of my world, at least, will hopefully remember Urtho's life from something more than a crater and a legend." He glances over at Urtho, who's currently occupied, explaining to Ma'ar how their Void-navigation works. Leareth lowers his voice." He was - is - an incredible person, just...out of his depth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a beautiful tower. And I'm glad you had something like that, even with - how it worked out - it'd be a different kind of tragedy but not really less of one if there was nowhere in the world you could learn enough magic to achieve anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I am not sure how far I would have gotten alone, but - not far enough to become immortal, I think, before the end of my natural lifespan. And I am glad that I still exist." 

They fly on through the void. Eventually Ma'ar extracts himself from the conversation to complain that he's hungry, and Vanyel digs up food for him, and then folds out a mattress and says he's going to get some sleep. They've been sleeping in shifts, while they search, but the way back will be a lot faster, they know exactly where they're going. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems not ideal, that he was so far from Cheliax and hard for anyone to reach if there was an emergency, but she guesses with Aroden back as a god there are less really emergency emergencies and it's hard to feel anything but happy. And desperate to be home, even if this place is also safe - in some senses ridiculously safe - she wants to be in a normal furnished room in her country with walls Leareth warded and the gods that care about them...

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth fills her in a bit on the intervening months, during the rest of the journey back. There haven't really been any emergencies since the emergency that was her disappearance, although Aroden's go at the Starstone certainly managed to be incredibly stressful despite the result not really being in question at all. There've been a lot of problems, sure, a lot of ongoing headaches - though not the literal kind from talking to Abadar, anymore, that much is nice.

(He was really glad to still have Khemet around to talk to, but does not bring this up to Carissa, it seems like it would just make her feel jealous despite not endorsing that.)

He stays awake for a long time, talking to his wife and hugging her, but even with a Ring of Sustenance, eventually he needs to take his own turn on the bedroll. Vanyel has a Ring of Sustenance too, though, and is awake by then and promises to keep watch for him. Not that there's anything in particular that can threaten them in the Void, aside from its intrinsic Void-ness; basically nothing can survive there. At least not as far as they know, and their travels haven't turned up any anomalies (yet). 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sings. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you so much for helping Leareth with this. I'm so glad he had you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome. We're so glad to have you back." 

Permalink Mark Unread

And shortly after Leareth wakes from his two hours of sleep, Urtho announces that they're within range for an ordinary Gate. "Just a moment, I'll tether us." He smiles at Carissa, eyes twinkling. "We'll have you home safe in just a moment." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

And the second he has the go-ahead from Urtho, Leareth raises a Gate, to the Gate-room directly across from their suite in the palace. He can technically Gate directly in, the precautions against Teleports don't block his own Gates, but it'd set off all sorts of alarms.

He will, however, scoop Carissa up in his arms and carry her in, opening the door with magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Clingclingclingcling - "is someone going to get Ma'ar and Dierne situated - he'll be nervous -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is trailing behind them, Dierne in his arms; he doesn't look scared, just a bit tense. (He's only a bit scared, Carissa is right there and she's calm, but he's not feeling as calm as he's trying to look.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, good thought, I will ask Vanyel." 

:Van, can you look after Ma'ar and get him and his - baby sister, I suppose - set up, please?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, of course - I'll bring Dierne to the nursery, it should all be set up now, I'm - not sure what we'll do about Ma'ar but I suppose you do have extra bedrooms in here and I can give him a tour: 

Vanyel turns to Ma'ar and gently suggests this plan. He's pleased with it. He likes children. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is finding himself more inclined to go hold his baby daughter than he'd expected, but first he wants to carry his wife to their bedroom and lock the door and put MORE wards on it even though this is objectively ridiculous, and then hold her and be very very very relieved. 

:Urtho will tell Nayoki we made it back: he assures her, :she will take care of alerting the servants and such. ...It was moderately annoying keeping your disappearance secret, most of the palace staff think that you were finding pregnancy overwhelming and so went to our house in the country, the location of which is concealed for security reasons: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is objectively ridiculous how the safer she is the more she wants nothing except for to cling to him. "Makes sense," she says. "Probably only half of them think I was murdered in a power struggle."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I almost hope someone tried to murder you in the past eight months! They would have to conclude my security precautions are absurdly good, that they could not find you anywhere in this plane or the nearby ones, which might discourage any future attempts." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She laughs and cries and hiccups a bit. "I missed you so much."

Permalink Mark Unread

He holds her. Doesn't say anything for a long time. Right now he feels like he never ever ever wants to let go. 

 

 

 

"- How did Ma'ar take it?" he asks finally, softly. "Learning about me - that he is me...? I am trying to better model his state - I will ask him too, of course, but I think some aspects are more easily seen from the outside." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He was mostly upset that he could've destroyed the world like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Understandable. I was - very upset about it, for a long time. Though it took decades to even piece together what had happened, exactly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Should've asked you more questions. I didn't know any details except that Urtho's weapons were used, and it was during the war, and that he started the war..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly, I barely knew more details than that myself until Vanyel and the others found Urtho's records. None of my records survived - what used to be the capital of Predain is now at the bottom of a very large lake, in my Velgarth. A suspiciously crater-shaped one." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm so sorry. You must've been - so sad, and so alone -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was not even certain whether I had started the war or Urtho had. I suspected, just from - knowing myself, and remembering how I felt about him, but - I did not know for sure until so recently..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "Did you find the you - in the Velgarth you found that's post-catalysm but a thousand years before now -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did not try that hard to look for him, no. It would have been nontrivial - I cannot easily use my own magic to locate a me from another world, he would have his own Void-shelter and such, not linked to my one. I am fairly sure he is there, though, there are - signs, of things that I know I built - the Eastern Empire was there." 

Pause. "I intend to go back, later. I left a message for him, in - the sort of place where I would look for my past self's notes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're just gonna have an army of them, aren't we, eventually. Maybe that one can help Ma'ar fix Predain, since you'll be busy here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is a promising idea! I think a young me would do much better on it with help, and - Urtho is very Good, and skilled in many ways, but not really qualified to advise on that particular issue."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"I got that sense. It was kind of frustrating. I thought I could probably help him, and you definitely could, but we're going to be busy here - I guess that one of you might be busy too, but his world's going to be harder to work in because it has hostile gods..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "That is the other implication of there being so many worlds, right. More people, more resources, but - also more problems. The same ones repeated, and probably new and exciting ones too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And new magic! Probably kinds that combine even more usefully than ours do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably!" He squeezes her. "...And perhaps time-sensitive situations - it would have done much less good if you had arrived twenty years later - but...I still think it can wait. I want to feel safe, with you, just for a little while." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to be yours. I want to be here and belong to you and know that you will search a thousand worlds -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are mine, and I am yours, and trust me, I searched considerably more than a thousand of them - most of them are not that interesting at a brief glance - I suppose technically I made Vanyel and Urtho do most of the searching, since Vanyel can make diamonds just fine in the Void-vessel, and Urtho got another cleric level from Nethys for figuring it out so was very excited to do more..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is holding him tightly enough to hurt. "Still kinda mad at Nefreti."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am rather irritated with her myself, though - less than I was because it does not seem like there is much point, I went and shouted at her several times - Aroden went and shouted at her several times - I think Iomedae may have had a talk with Nethys too, and none of it made any difference, she just looked entertained." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I don't wish she hadn't done it, but really."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It may have had good results, in the end, but it scared me so much, and it was so rude. ...Also it made me miss the birth of my child, I will probably never forgive her for that." He brushes a hand gently over Carissa's belly. "...How terrible was it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lean. "I wish you'd been there. It wasn't, really, all that horrible, but. I wish you'd been there. Men aren't, even, usually, but -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would have wanted to be there. I am sure it is not any worse than things I have already seen, and if I were not there I would just be more stressed about it, not less - that is in fact what happened..." He squeezes her more tightly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's what Ma'ar said. He was there. Kind of - like having you there, except not entirely - I wish I'd thought of the descendents-spell, then I could've been thinking of it as - helping you find me - oh, you know what I bet I can do now, I bet I can heal myself." She channels energy; it works fine. "- ha."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, I am sorry, I did not even think of offering that. I suppose I mostly think of my cleric spells as ways to have more magic, not healing per se." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was guarding them very jealously because I thought I could maybe save myself or Ma'ar, once, but we had all of history ahead of us and I'd regret using them for something as trivial as this - but now I can be as trivial as I want."

 

And she looks up at him and kisses him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He kisses her back, and - there's so much more that they need to talk about, but - not now, the future may be full of a thousand thousand worlds full of maybe-time-sensitive situations, but they still have time, and now can be the time for catching up in ways that have nothing to do with words. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Eventually Carissa will feel that they had better go make sure Ma'ar is settling in well and let Leareth spend some relaxed time with his baby but she won't actually decide that for a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a thousand thousand worlds that need to be saved and, nonetheless, they have time for the things that they, as specific people, need right now. This is the way that Leareth has learned to think about it, over two thousand years. 

After he's very thoroughly caught up with Carissa, there are other things to do. He checks in with Nayoki about planning the announcement for the birth of his heir and the naming ceremony, and checks with Vanyel how Ma'ar is doing - currently asleep in his new bedroom, it turns out, and Dierne Aspexia Iomedae has been set up with a wet nurse and is one week old and approximately indifferent to which grownup is feeding her - and then they can get some sleep. 

In the morning he snuggles and kisses Carissa some more, and then reluctantly disentangles himself, he has responsibilities to catch up on, and apparently Vanyel is having breakfast with Ma'ar right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll get breakfast with them too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is eating oatmeal while Vanyel tells him (carefully redacted) stories from the Karsite war in Velgarth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will just sit quietly and listen.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a bit, Vanyel smiles at Ma'ar and excuses himself to go get caught up on his work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar shuffles over and hugs her. "I like him," he says cheerfully. "He's nice." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel? Yes, he's very sweet. And he seems - happier, which I'm glad of. We should get you a fancier headband, I don't know where Aroden keeps them but he can beat anything I do without even trying..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense, if Aroden was a god before. ...Was Vanyel sad before?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. He has a lifebond and the lifebonded person died. Did you run into that in the Tower? It's rare."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - heard of it, I don't know much. Is it...very bad...when someone's lifebonded person dies?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I don't really get it either but apparently they usually die of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. ...Well, I'm glad he didn't die. I like him. He seems - very clever. Like he...gets, how things are hard, and - why they need to be fixed..." Ma'ar is suddenly feeling like his vocabulary doesn't contain half of the words he would want, to say things about how Vanyel is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. He and Leareth have known each other a long time and Leareth has explained lots to him, but some of it is just - the way he is, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh." Ma'ar looks thoughtful. "He's not scary at all, though. Even though he's way more magically powerful than Leareth. I don't really get why he doesn't feel scarier." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably because he's awfully Good? Leareth's - not. I'm not. Vanyel is. And not like Urtho where he's never really thought about what that means and what experiencing the other end of it is -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you understand how - why - he ended up like that? ...Would Urtho have been that way, if he had - experienced the other end of it...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I don't know. Maybe. I think some people, nothing can make them like that, and some people will fight really hard to end up there no matter what. But lots of people it depends on noticing the right things at the right time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. Would Vanyel have - ended up that way no matter what, d'you think, or was it things happening at the right time? ...Is it bad– would it be better, if - if were Good, if Leareth were...?" Ma'ar is not at all sure if any of these are coherent questions, let alone the right ones. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I think Leareth might end up Good, now, here, where there's more Good to cooperate with and - Good's stabler when you know less of what's going on, and apparently none of us know much of what's going on, these days - thousands and thousands of worlds -

- I don't think being Good would've made things better in Velgarth way back when. Iomedae might be the person to ask about that though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I...might ask Her then. I - should go think about what I want to ask."

He hugs her again, and then slips away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes to check on Dierne. Who'll probably be going by Aspexia, here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dierne/Aspexia is current asleep in her crib in the nursery, with a nursemaid sitting by and singing a Chelish lullaby to her softly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good. 

 

 

She feels - kind of at loose ends. Goes back to her bedroom. Takes a bath, even though Chelish technology for this is inferior to Urtho's.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a bit, Leareth wanders back in, having gotten through the bare minimum of catching up on running a country. "Carissa, are you there...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmmhmm, am I supposed to be somewhere? Ma'ar was going to maybe talk to Iomedae. The baby has nursemaids." She sounds gleeful about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"She does! You are not supposed to be anywhere else that I know of - I made sure Nayoki took care of that." He slips in, bends to kiss her. "We need to make a public appearance tomorrow. But not now. I was very efficient about my political duties and I have no more of them until tomorrow." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh good. You could come join me, the water's nice. Couldn't stand hot baths late in the pregnancy, she'd get fussy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How rude of her." Leareth doesn't take baths very often, but the water is nice, when he dips a hand in. He undresses and slides in beside Carissa; it's a nice large tub and there's space for both of them, a bit squeezed in but he appreciates that too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lean. "You said you would be overbearing but I feel only a ordinary amount of borne. ...beared? No, that would be something different."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth goes slightly cross-eyed as he tries to figure out what different meaning that would have. "I mean, I did not a stupid quantity of extra wards on our suite, but I suppose you cannot tell unless you cast Detect Magic. What kind of overbearing would make you feel an extra-ordinary amount of borne? I did carry you inside, which was rather silly of me but I wanted to..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- kiss. "I'm sorry. I love you and I should remember there is no point at all in trying to tease you because I will just confuse you and you will work very very earnestly at unraveling the confusion. What I meant is, I want you to fuck me in the bath."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh. Yes, I would like to do that very much." And he kisses her back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar goes back to his new bedroom (which is big and nice and all his, and Vanyel offered to help him decorate the ceiling with stars that GLOW in the DARK). He sits down on his bed and looks out the window; it's not as good a view as the one from Urtho's Tower but it's all right. 

He's still trying to wrap his mind fully around what Good even is. He's not sure he has a clearer way to point at it than 'the way Vanyel is', but he has practice, now, trying to understand and predict people even when he can't read their minds, and Vanyel told him a lot of stories about his life. 

Vanyel is - brave, he thinks. He doesn't do things because he wants to for himself; he's done a lot of things that were awful for him, because he's powerful, and - it seems like he doesn't even think of that power as his, he thought of it as belonging to the people of Valdemar, because he was a Herald and he was strong enough to save so many people and make people's lives better. Ma'ar isn't sure he likes that, it seems unfair to Vanyel, and somehow unbalanced, but it feels accurate.

Vanyel, he thinks, is someone who would never ever in a thousand– in a million years, care less about the lives of innocent people as he became more powerful. If anything he would care more; he sort of said that he did care more, once he became a mage, once there was something he was good at which could save lives. 

He feels like he's going in circles now. Eventually he lies down and closes his eyes, and - isn't sure how to pray, exactly, no one really said. He thinks about Carissa, who Iomedae chose as her cleric, as the person who could help Leareth fix all of Cheliax, which has to be a Good thing to do even if Leareth isn't, himself, Good. He thinks about how brave and strong Carissa was, when she came to his world. How she talked to Urtho even though she was scared. How she never even considered giving up, even when she thought she might have erased Leareth from existence and would never be able to go home...

I want to talk to you about what Good is, he thinks. I want to understand what shape I should grow up to be, if I live here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

At first it feels like something has gone terribly wrong. There is a waterfall of something where there was nothing, and he is being stretched - dragged - reconfigured along a dimension he did not even realize he had, and it - doesn't quite hurt, but feels dangerous, like it ought to scour him to the bones or rip him apart or both -

- and then that fades, and he's in Urtho's Tower, looking out the window at the city and the stars, and there's a woman sitting across from him, with a boyish short haircut and piercing eyes.

"Ma'ar," she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

There wasn't time to be scared, really, in the moments of waterfall-falling-stretching, and maybe he should be scared now but oddly he isn't. Instead he's remembering Carissa's precious water-making cantrip, and the healing spells she saved for all those months. Which came from Iomedae. 

"...How do you do that?" he says, staring around. "I - don't think you'd put everyone here - is it just me, how do you tell...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can look through your mind, when you seek me with it. I pick something appropriate. It's - an important place to you, isn't it. Aroden's was under the sea."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Oh.” He looks around some more. “So you can just read everything in my mind? That’s neat. Why was Aroden’s place under the sea?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"The first place where he saw - what the world could be like, if it were rich and peaceful, and the works of people who'd built it that way."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Huh.” That’s a very good description of exactly the thing that Urtho’s Tower means to him. “Anyway, I wanted to talk to you because I’m - trying to understand what Good means. Carissa thinks it’d have been worse, if Leareth were Good back when he was in Predain, but that maybe he’ll be Good here, because it - works, here? I’m confused about that.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good - combines two things, I think, at least from a human perspective; that is somewhat less true from a god perspective, because our strategies and our goals are less separable. The goal shared most consistently across all of Good is for thinking beings to live happy, meaningful, interesting and satisfying lives. The forces of Good in the Material Plane generally try to achieve that goal through invention, through generosity, and where necessary through assassination or war, but not - even where necessary - through the deliberate killing of innocents, or the use and destruction of souls for fuel, or through torture, or through slavery. I think Leareth has always shared our goals. But he has employed many of those tactics, in his world, when he needed to.

Today if he had some goal that he could achieve that way, it would come with the substantial disadvantage that the forces of Good would be less allied with him, and that his alignment would read Evil to the people of our world, and this changes his calculations. Not absolutely. I am sure that some situation could still arise where it would be worth it to him to employ those tactics. But in mortals Good is not judged off what you would do in some unlikely situation but on what you do do, and it is true of most Good people that they wouldn't be, if the exact wrong set of circumstances hit them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I - want the same goal - I think I always have... I guess I don't see anything special about some strategies versus other strategies, though, it's not - it feels like it's not fundamental, in the same way, it's - like you said, there are unlikely situations where it'd come apart and break, for most people even, not just me or Leareth. I'm curious why that's different for gods, why it's less separable." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet you do see something special about some strategies versus other strategies, along a different axis. You would achieve your goals by killing innocent people, if you had to, or by destroying souls, but would you achieve them by solemnly giving you word to adhere to a treaty, and then betraying it? Or by meeting with an enemy under a formal agreement of parley, only to assassinate them on the spot?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He winces. "I - mean - I might? But...it'd hurt, it'd feel like...losing something forever, not just - hurting people now because that's how the math falls out, to help more people in total. I don't really understand why... I guess because it's - important, that even enemies can make treaties and have parleys? And - if you destroy that it's not just hurting people right now, it's not even just hurting your reputation in particular forever, it's - the fact that agreements to parley even exist as an idea...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The price is not paid in dead people but in dead - kinds of trust that could otherwise exist. And - if that is a thing you would do if it were important enough, if you are the sort of person who'd ever do it, then the higher the stakes the less anyone can trust you. It is not worth very much to be trustworthy only when it doesn't matter. It is worth a great deal to be trustworthy even when it does."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. Shivers. "...Is that what being Lawful means, then? And - is Leareth trustworthy that way, even though he'd murder people and– would he torture people? Carissa said he didn't torture her when she got caught and she was surprised and thought he just hadn't heard the argument why it was strategic but she said it turns out he just doesn't like torture." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure that he has ever found himself in a situation that would be improved by torturing people. Carissa was taught by her educators that it is an effective interrogation tactic and also an effective deterrent, but it really isn't, and also if you select your staff for willingness to do it you'll dislike them on other dimensions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. That makes sense - I think maybe that's a problem in Predain, that all the King's guards are - kind of horrible people, because of what things they're hired for, I don't know if it's exactly the same but it seemed related, and putting compulsions on them not to rape people isn't a good solution, they can just find other ways to be horrible if they're the sort of person who thinks it's fun..." Shrug. "Torturing people mostly seems stupid to me, and - even if it'd sometimes help a little bit, also it hurts people which is - the whole thing I want to stop... I don't know if I'd never ever do it but I'm almost sure I wouldn't." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "I think you are very unlikely to run into situations where it will help you. - and also, because you are young and still learning how to correct for your uncertainty and see all the distant consequences of your choices, I think it is better to err on the side of not doing terrible things, it fails much more gracefully. That is a common understanding of Good, actually, that it embraces the strategies that fail more gracefully, but I don't think it's quite right; war is very ugly, when it's conducted wrongly or needlessly, and yet we fight it. But it is true that Good proscribes many things that people are usually wrong to think they're right to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I - think it's more important for me to try to be Good than it is for Leareth. Because I'm young and still learning how to do hard things. But...Carissa still thought that it wouldn't've been better, if Leareth - if I - had been all alone in Predain trying to fix things and also trying be Good, like Vanyel is. I wanted to know what you think of that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would have been better because I think Urtho wouldn't have gone to war with you," she says flatly. "This is unfair, because - it was one test, and it could've been a different test, and there are other tests where it wouldn't have been better. But if you were like Vanyel, he would not have feared you enough to push for war."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I - think that makes sense. Knowing what we do now. And...I mean, he didn't know it, when he was Ma'ar, but - there are always going to be lots of things I don't know - and I guess that's part of what it means, that Good uses strategies that fail more gracefully..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Fewer people will see patterns, in you, that almost always conclude in tragedy."

Permalink Mark Unread

He walks to the window, looks out at the stars. "I wonder if there's any way Leareth could have known that. The first time. I think Urtho is Good but he is - very bad at explaining it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Urtho considers it acceptable to not win. I think that Leareth needed to hear it from someone who considered it totally unacceptable to not win. I am not sure he could have known, with no history to learn from and not much time to spend learning history and no one he trusted to be trying."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You think it is unacceptable not to win." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is unacceptable not to win."

Permalink Mark Unread

Impulsively, he crosses the room - it's oddly easy, as though he just has to think it rather than exactly moving - and hugs her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She holds him - not in precisely the position he was standing in to hug her - and hugs him back, very thoroughly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am so glad you understand - I was not sure anyone else did," Leareth doesn't count as someone else, "even Carissa - she wrote in a letter to me that I ought not look for her, necessarily, if she died and came back, she thought she was not a pattern that would leave an impression on the world every single time..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is rare, I think, and people like you in Cheliax under Asmodeus's rule did not survive, if they did not manage to escape very young. But you are not alone. Aroden is like you and Leareth. It is why he left Leareth his country."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh - that makes sense, why the thing he saw underwater was - like what I saw, at the Tower... Carissa is very good at pretending, I think. Even to herself." It scares him a little. Really she's good at lying, but 'pretending' feels like a more charitable framing on it; it's the same skill that would have helped him frighten Urtho less, but that he couldn't do. "It - feels like it would break part of me. If I had to learn how to do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it would." Hug. "For the things you want to try to do, it is very dangerous to pretend to yourself, even the little bit that most people do all the time unconsciously."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It feels really scary. It's scary when other people do it - it makes it hard to understand them and know what they'll do. I guess there are other ways to predict what people'll do, probably Leareth isn't upset that most people do a bit of pretending all the time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is not very useful to be upset about features of reality and Leareth has had a lot of time to stop feeling un-useful things about situations that come up all of the time. It does mean that their sincere declarations about their priorities aren't good enough. I think it makes sense for you to be afraid of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her tightly. "But you mean what you say, right, about your priorities -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gods do not lie to themselves in the same way. Gods are very good at lying to mortals, if we want to, because we are smarter and are reading more than just your mind. You should ask other people why they trust me. But I do mean it, and I have been working on it, for eight hundred years."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I'm going to ask other people. ...Can gods read other gods the same way? If Aroden is like me and Leareth - I should check that too, but I can ask Leareth, I trust him to know if it's true - but anyway, he's a god now, and he knew you before too, maybe I can talk to him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden knows me. I was His paladin, a very long time ago, when He was first a god and I was a human your age. Gods can make themselves knowable to the other gods in - inflexible ways, committing to be shaped a way in the future as well as the present, conditional if we like on symmetric shapes in the other gods. The Lawful gods are in significant part committed in such ways."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I...don't know if I'd like that, having to be stuck being a certain way in the future too, but - I guess gods know more, and so you'd know better what the right shape is to be. Aroden doesn't mind it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are contexts in which it is not useful but there are many contexts in which it prevents conflict, to know how it'd go if it happened. It would be unwise for humans to make such promises, I think, because they wouldn't be able to describe the whole space of possible futures in a way that'd make it reasonable to make promises about them. But it works for gods."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar takes a minute to absorb that, while he keeps hugging her. 

"What do you think I need to learn now?" he asks. "If I want to grow into a shape where I can be Good like Vanyel is, instead of - being the way Leareth used to be before he came here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you should study the history of Golarion. It is very long, and contains lots of examples of - things that could have led you to infer that Tantara would go to war with you. I think you should study magic, because you like it and are good at it and have the best person in the world to learn from and being good at magic gives you lots more options. And I think you should learn about your world's gods. They aren't hostile to you yet, but they are difficult and you'll need to work with them to fix your world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll try to do that. Is it all right if I come talk to you again, if I'm confused later? I don't know how expensive this is for you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is moderately costly. Gods do not widely advertise that we could do it, because it would be very costly to do for many of our followers, and people would - treat it as evidence of not being valued. But if you do it once a year on the occasion which seems like the most important that will arise this year, that won't be a problem at all, and if something that feels more important than that comes up you could do it freely."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Thank you." He hugs her, and then steps back and takes a moment longer to look at the stars as seen through the window of Urtho's Tower; he doesn't know when he'll next see it again. 

After that he's not exactly sure how to leave, but maybe if he just thinks that he's ready to go back now -? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then suddenly he's alone in his head, and only the slightest bit dizzy.

Permalink Mark Unread

He still wants to talk to Aroden, but - maybe in a bit, he isn't sure if it'd be bad for him to talk to too many gods in a row, and also he's not entirely ready, he has thinking to do first. 

After a bit he gets up and goes looking for Carissa; he's realizing that he has no idea what his routine is supposed to be, here, whether he'll go to a new school or have a tutor or something else entirely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's in the bath!

Permalink Mark Unread

Rich people don't like bathing in front of each other, he remembers, so he doesn't actually go in, just calls out to her that he's going to go see Dierne and after she's done he has questions about living here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Rich people with particularly good reason to not want Ma'ar to come in appreciate it. She comes looking for him in Dierne's room about fifteen minutes later.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's playing with Dierne, or at least, he's shaking her magic rattle from Urtho above her head so it lights up, while she blinks confusedly at it. 

"I wasn't sure if I'd be going to school here," he tells Carissa. "Iomedae said I should study history and magic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We will definitely get you tutors. You should attend a school of wizardry if you want to improve at wizardry but that's probably not your best priority right now....I think you'll want Leareth and his mages teaching you, for mage stuff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense." Learning magic from Leareth sounds amazing. "Are there other things I'll be expected to do?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We should think about how we're explaining who you are, but I expect that'll be enough to keep you busy, really, and most other things you can take back with you to your world, when it's time for you to go. Which will not be any time soon, I shouldn't think. When you're grown up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He nods, seriously, and then puts the rattle down and bounces up to hug her. "Are you happy about being back?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm really happy. I'm glad I met you but - this is where I feel most equipped to do things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You look a lot more - I don't know, like how a frog can be fine on land or in water but it's more graceful in water? And - I like it, I think. I mean, I haven't seen very much yet except for your house, but...I like that you and Leareth both seem comfortable here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Power is great for that," she says dryly. "Sometime for the first time you're going to be really good at wards and magic and you'll find yourself a place and make it very very very impenetrable and then go - oh, all this time, I had to try to soothe that with trust - at least, that's what it feels like for me -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar isn't entirely sure he follows, but he nods and leans on her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I'll be here as often as you need me, of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Mmm.” He hugs her for a moment longer. A long moment. “Okay, I’m going to go practice magic in my room and then probably try to talk to Aroden. Iomedae thought I should.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that makes a lot of sense. He's like you and Leareth, as a person - it's kind of weirder in that case because it's not the same world, but I don't understand any of this anyway..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't really understand either, but I thought it might make more sense once I talk to him." 

Ma'ar heads back to his room. Considers whether he feels ready to talk to Aroden, yet, and decides he doesn't really - he's not scared exactly but he expects it to be overwhelming - so he spends a while seeing if he can do Gates on thin air the way Leareth can. He gets as far as being able to do a Gate-threshold flat on the floor after drawing an imaginary door-shape on it with his finger, and then he's tired. 

He lies down on his bed again, arms folded over his chest, and closes his eyes and - remembering what Iomedae said - thinks about the stars, the first time he saw them through the window of Urtho's Tower, with all the lights below - all the things the world could be... He thinks of when he first met Carissa and she told him about Hell, and...he was so young, he finds himself thinking, it wasn't even that long ago but he knew so little about anything, and he still wanted, right away, to grow up strong enough that he could somehow fight Asmodeus and take away his dead people, because the thing Asmodeus is doing with them is stupid and bad and has to be stopped. 

He doesn't really understand what it means, exactly, that Aroden is like Leareth and like him, but he can guess that it means they're both the sort of pattern that will react that way. Every time, no matter how small they are and how big their enemies are. And he is very very much smaller than Aroden, but he holds up that core of himself - I want to show you this, I want to see yours...

Permalink Mark Unread

And he's falling again, into something fast and deep and endless, like a river full of rapids, but intelligent, alive. It's less disorienting the second time, now that he's expecting something to catch him. 

Something does.

And then he's standing at - it seems to be the top of a tower, or spire, and below and around and in every direction is a vast and shining city, teeming with life and people. A bit indistinct, from this height, but he can make out some sort of trolley, soaring along a rail high in the air. 

"Ma'ar," someone says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He turns. "Aroden? Where are we?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

He sees a man with a face that's familiar and not at the same time. 

"We are not really anywhere, but - I thought, you have not seen Axis yet, and you would like it very much. You should go for real, later. Maybe with Leareth, he is very happy there." A smile. "You know, he took Carissa there, for their honeymoon." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! It's - very beautiful - it feels so alive... I guess it's all built by dead people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, it is not less alive, for that. My divine domain was here, you know. My city. I hoped someday to see ones like it in the mortal plane, but...it is much easier here, to set up the scaffolding so that people can build, by their own hands, the sort of world that both of us dream of seeing. It is - I am only just beginning to rebuild, and Axis has changed a great deal even in just a century, it did not stop moving just because I was believed to be gone forever."

Aroden smiles again. "I am glad of that. So much was lost, an incalculable amount, but - I am grateful to be in a world where many others exist to pursue my values. And I am glad you can see it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. It's hard to tell if Aroden is scary the way Leareth is, he thinks. He's pretty sure Aroden is dangerous, much more dangerous even, but mostly he feels - old, and vast, and more, not in a way that's alien - he can sense the echoes of recognition, there - but it's nonetheless dizzying and strange, if not exactly in a bad way.

"There's so much," he says, awed. "I think your world is - more complicated." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure if it is. Older, yes, we have a far longer recorded history than Velgarth, in your time or in Leareth's - my Cataclysm, Earthfall, which like the Cataclysm on Velgarth wiped out most of the historical record, was almost ten thousand years ago. I was an immortal human for five thousand years before I became a god the first time." He sighs, and in that sigh is the echo of an ancient grief, a loss that isn't any smaller for being so distant in the past. 

"And - more of our complexity is visible at a glance, I think. Our gods are more legible than yours, and there are spells to detect the alignment of mortals, and of course the separate afterlives. But...I am not sure that, in the end, Velgarth has any less messiness or nuance than Golarion. It is just harder to notice and harder to understand." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." 

He fidgets. 

"I'm...not sure I really understand." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is all right. I am not sure fully understand, and I am literally a god." He shakes his head. "I know you came here hoping for answers, to the question of what shape you ought grow toward, and - I am afraid I cannot really give you that. I do not think there will ever be a final answer, for people like us. The world changes around us, over and over, and we react and grow toward the shape that we must be to achieve our goals - for our plans to work... Leareth spent a thousand years investing in one path, in Velgarth, and then he has needed to change a great deal to adapt to Golarion, and - the future is not over, yet. There are so many more worlds that still need to be fixed, and I cannot say what shape any of us will need to be, for that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." He scuffs his feet. "That sounds - really hard." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I cannot say that it ever stops being hard, and I expect both of us will sometimes wish we were the sort of pattern that could give up and pass the work on to others. But I do not think that we are that sort of pattern. And - there are rewards to be found too. Especially here, right now. The forces that oppose us are very powerful, with many allies, and that means we cannot win alone - but we have allies too. I think that you will need to learn to operate under those conditions, to win, and - this is not the point, of course, but incidentally I think it will be very good for you. And easier, perhaps, than it is for Leareth. You have not had so long to practice being a shape that works alone." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar can tell that Aroden is trying to tell him about something good, but mostly he feels overwhelmed. Like the insides of him are too full and might start falling out any moment. "I - have you wanted to give up, before -?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course," Aroden says, gently. "A century ago I woke up in a stolen body, in a world devastated by my own death throes, and it felt as though half of what I remembered of my past life lives was just the agony of being torn apart by the other gods. I knew one who I thought was a friend had betrayed me, but not which; I could trust none of my former allies. I had first-level spells and nothing else, and my country was starving and shredding itself around me. I - it was objectively stupid, in some sense, to think I could rebuild anything from that starting position, and that - would have been a very reasonable excuse to give up. But, in fact, it was a starting position that I could work with. It just took much longer than I would have preferred." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And so a lot of people went to Hell in the meantime." This would feel like an unnecessarily hurtful thing to say to a human, but it's not like Aroden doesn't know, and probably Aroden even knows that Ma'ar is thinking it, since he can read Ma'ar's entire mind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. That is a hazard of trying to do things that are very hard; sometimes you will fail, and innocent people will pay an awful price for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How - is there something I need to learn, for - how to be okay with that, for it to - hurt less..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not think there is any way to be untroubled by it, no. You will eventually find it easier to carry out your plans just as effectively even when you are in pain. It just takes practice."

Aroden, or at least the metaphor for him that looks like a human, looks levelly at Ma'ar for a moment, then ducks his head. "We can hope that your learning experiences will be a little gentler than mine or Leareth's, since you are not trying to grow up alone." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He sort of wants a hug, but it doesn't feel like getting a hug from Aroden will add anything much, over and above the fact that Aroden is the sort of person who fights Asmodeus and takes back the country he ruled and then becomes a god. "I - hope I can grow up and get stronger in not too long, though, and then we'll be powerful enough to conquer Hell and take away Asmodeus' dead people so he can't torture anyone. I - don't want to learn more gently if it means it take longer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden smiles, softly, fondness and recognition and pride and - flickers of other emotions that aren't human ones at all. "I understand. You should not expect perfection of yourself, because then you will end up angry and upset at aspects of reality that cannot be expected to be otherwise, but...yes, it is important that we move as quickly as is realistically possible, even if sometimes it hurts us more, as long as it does not break us. And you are not a pattern that can easily be broken." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- You had better go back, now, I do not wish to exhaust you." 

Aroden looks him in the eye, calm, appraising, and the metaphor-of-him reaches out and takes Ma'ar's hand for a moment. It's not really like being hugged, at all; it's more like having his skin turned to glass, his insides looked at, and understood, recognized, approved of where relevant. Sometimes noted to be insufficient, but in a detached way that doesn't exactly contain disapproval. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then he's back in his bedroom, dizzy again and with the faintest twinge of a headache between his eyes, though that could be from the Gate-practice earlier.

Talking to Iomedae was comforting; talking to Aroden hasn't been comforting at all, and for some reason he wants to cry now, though the emotion he's having isn't anything as simple as 'sad' or 'upset'.

Also he wants a hug, very badly. As soon as the dizziness subsides, he hauls himself up and goes looking for Carissa again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's still in the baby's room. Dierne/Aspexia is much cuter now that there are lots of other people to watch her, apparently.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's very cute and it makes him feel obscurely better. Ma'ar doesn't say anything, just goes over and snuggles up against her. It's a little bit harder to do that than before, he notices; he's grown. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "You talked to Aroden?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmmhmm." Hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't say anything either, just squeezes him and watches the baby. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He wants to explain it to Carissa, but it takes a while and a lot of wrangling to get the pieces into an order where he even can explain. 

"He said - that if I try to do hard things, sometimes I'll fail and other people will pay for it," he says finally. "Like - when he tried to bring the Age of Glory and got murdered instead and then Asmodeus took over Cheliax and millions of people went to Hell. I - he said it doesn't ever not hurt, when that happens..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds right. Uh, some people can make it not hurt by not really caring about other people but I don't think you can and I definitely don't think you should."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'd be - like the thing where a lot of people care less about helping innocent people when they get more power? I don't think I should try to do that. Aroden said I'd - learn how to make good plans anyway, even when it hurts." He curls up more tightly in her arms. "Is Leareth sad a lot, about times he failed?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...not most of the time, I don't think. He's sad sometimes when I explain how things are in Cheliax. And he's sad he missed Dierne being born, right now. But I wouldn't say he spends a lot of time being sad."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So I guess maybe I can learn to not be sad always about the bad things, even though they're there always..." Snuggle. "He said a lot of the same things Iomedae did. That the way things are here, with Good and Evil each having powerful groups of allies, means that I can get more done if I know how to be allied with people, and - he thinks that's good for me, even if it being good for me isn't the point. Also he showed me a bit what Axis is like. He says Leareth is really happy there and I should go and actually see it at some point." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's nice. Very busy and fancy and - everyone just kind of doing what suits them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden said it's easier there than here, to set it up so people build the sort of place that people like us think is beautiful and good. I...don't really understand why it's easier? But I guess everyone there has to be Lawful, that'd help, and - Abadar's there and he's literally the god of people being rich and building things..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And they don't need to eat or sleep and they can't bear children. So - the worst thing that can happen to them is that they have to carry their possessions on their back for a while."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I guess people would be less scared of trying hard things, if that was the worst risk if they failed. It'd be...nice, if we could make Cheliax be safe that way too, or almost as safe, but it seems hard." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could make it so that as long as you were a hard worker you mostly wouldn't starve even if your crops failed one year, but I don't see how we'd make it so everyone's fed with people only working if they feel like it. - Geb does it, with undead, but that's Evil..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why is it Evil?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you raise someone as an undead then their soul is trapped in their body until it's destroyed and can't proceed on to an afterlife and it's generally Evil to impede souls in reaching the afterlife."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, so it's sort of like keeping them trapped as your slaves?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kind of. They're not conscious and they don't notice but it's still a century they're supposed to be in the afterlife and are instead working fields in Geb, and it's counted like you enslaved them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's so weird - what is their soul even doing, if they're not conscious, do you need it or could you figure out a way to just use magic and free up their soul to go do other things?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think without a soul you can't direct the body in complex tasks, and just have a ...flesh puppet? I don't know for sure, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm." He'll set aside that thought for later. Ma'ar goes back to smiling at his baby sister. She's very cute, even if she still seemed baffled about the most basic aspects of being a person, like what to do with her hands. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think after a couple of months they stop being so helpless and will be able to be excited about having a big brother here to play with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know, I had littler siblings. And - it's really nice that she definitely won't die." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is! I would be so upset about having gone through all that and then not being sure for the entire next year if she was going to live."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know, it looked like so much work." Ma'ar hugs her some more. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"...do you think we haven't - cost him an important part of his development," she asks Leareth that evening. "By protecting him and teaching him, I mean."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I am not sure. It does seem worth asking the question. I...think it would cost him some important lessons if he does not attempt and fail at very difficult challenges after this point, but we should let him do that, and - I do not think it ought harm him if we give him a few years of safety first. It might help, even, I think there are certain skills I was only ever able to learn once I was more than powerful enough to protect myself..." Shrug. "I - feel recognition, when I talk to him. Perhaps if we had found him much earlier in his childhood - before his parents died - I would not so much, but I think there are many relevant pieces of his development that have already happened." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "He seemed like a you. To me, at least, though I'm not sure I really truly understand you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It feels unfair to expect you to truly understand me, when it took me eighteen hundred years to understand myself." He kisses the top of her head. "- What about him did you notice that made him seem like me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I explained a bit of my history and he said he needed to go fight Asmodeus for his dead people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Awwww." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And he thought it was obvious he'd try to be a King if he could, since then he could fix things, and he didn't like lying, and he wanted to live forever... it bothered him, that I lied to people, while we were travelling through Predain. I didn't think it bothered you but I didn't know."

Permalink Mark Unread

He reaches for her hand. "It - would bother me, I think, on the native level, it would be– nevermind, it does not bother me now. I think it is unhelpful to be upset by other people's successful strategies for survival, and so it did not bother me, but - I do think that situations that incentivize people to lie in order to survive are much higher-effort for me to work with, and - to the extent that I can assess such things for other people, worse for the general flourishing of all sentient minds." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not going to have hurt feelings! I can try to do it less, it'd just be - a bit scary."

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her. "There are many things that would scare me too, that I would consider doing anyway but have not done yet. I - Aroden thinks that Ma'ar - that my young self - would not have survived for long in Cheliax, unless there had been an opportunity to escape, and sometimes there is not. And you survived, empirically. It does not bother me for you to execute strategies that work - I think it would disturb me if you lied to me, in particular, but I try to provide an incentive gradient to you where that would not be rewarded, and separately I - I love you, and care for you, and I want to help you be safe and achieve your goals. Which is easier if I know the true considerations." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't lie to you, that'd be stupid. I guess I - shape myself for you? And for Iomedae? But - a shape I want to be, I checked in advance."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is still a digression from talking about Ma'ar, but - what would you do if there were a conflict between the shape you would be for me, and the shape you would be for Iomedae?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- seems kind of unlikely? I think it'd depend on what exactly it was about, like, I dunno, if circumstances changed and we needed to murder lots of people and Iomedae couldn't be with us on that because she's Good I'd be with you obviously -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh." Leareth isn't sure if he's surprised or the opposite of surprised; either way he's - some variant of pleased, and unsure if that's the principled way to feel, and he sets it aside for later. "Those sound like mostly the same things I noticed about Ma'ar, that seem like me. I think we should pay close attention during the coming months and years, and - ask him, what he thinks he needs to grow; I think that mes past a certain stage of development will generally be able to answer that question better from their inside view than we can from our outside view." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Well. I guess it'll be a good trial run at parenting a teenager. He's almost the age when Queen Abrogail Thrune assassinated her uncle, you know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really. Goodness, I had not realized she was so young - though I suppose people vary, in how young-in-practice they are after a given number of years." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And in - the age of majority in Cheliax is younger than most other places, I'd expect people grow up faster when they expect they're actually going to get to be an adult soon."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know, I still have no idea what the age of majority was considered to be in Tantara. I do not think I considered it very relevant, at the time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"In Lastwall it's twenty, which seemed outrageous to me. Andoran copied them. In Osirion women are never really legally adults but they can't marry until 19 without a special waiver. Absalom doesn't bother with the concept. I think it - doesn't matter so much if you're going to be a caster."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Because being a caster depends on a certain minimum intelligence and discipline, which are the traits that the age of majority is intending to measure anyway? Or because of - power differentials and things related to that?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kind of both? No one's going to ask a third-circle wizard if they're old enough to get to do things, because if they're a third-circle wizard, they are, and they don't need protecting from whatever you wanted to protect them from."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. “I do not actually predict we will prevent Ma'ar from doing anything we ought let him do because he is too young, but I suppose it is worth keeping in mind." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden and Iomedae might also have reads on - whether he has everything he needs. He talked to them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good for him." Leareth nods. "I had thought to speak to Aroden about him, at some point. - How did it seem to affect him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He wanted a hug and to know the plan to educate him. I think he's all right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect Aroden was - not gentle with him, about the difficulties we face; and it is my inclination also, not to account much for his age and youth when I speak with him. That is one of the reasons why I am not worried that he will lack for challenges that will push him to grow." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Are there - difficulties I should know about. They've certainly had time to come up."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks. "I am not sure how well I can remember the challenges I faced at that age. I know that for me now, trust is difficult and concealing information is my default, even if I do not generally lie outright. I am unsure how much that was also true of me at Ma'ar's age, but it is something I would watch out for - it might not occur to him to tell us about what he is finding hard." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you going to read his mind?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly, he already shields well enough that it would be difficult for me to do so with Velgarth magic - Aroden could have done it, but... Anyway, it seems simplest at this point to just ask him. I do not think he would lie to us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I love him. He's a good kid and he tries so hard and he's going to be great, when he grows up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I believe you. I am sure he will be."

Leareth is silent for a moment, thoughtful, and then leans in to kiss Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has such good ideas.